1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from the GNU C compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GNU CC.
10 GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
11 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
12 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
15 GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
16 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
17 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
18 GNU General Public License for more details.
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
22 the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
23 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
25 /* TODO: Implement .debug_str handling, and share entries somehow.
26 Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
27 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
28 out locations for types and decls.
29 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
30 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
32 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
33 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
34 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
35 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
43 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
45 #include "insn-config.h"
52 #include "dwarf2out.h"
53 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
60 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
61 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
62 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
63 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
64 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
65 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
66 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
67 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
68 CIE = Common Information Entry
69 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
70 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
71 FDE = Frame Description Entry
72 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
73 how to restore registers
75 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
76 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
78 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
84 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
85 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
88 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
90 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
95 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
97 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
98 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
99 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
102 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
103 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
104 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
106 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
107 Information instructions. The register number, offset
108 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
109 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
111 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
113 unsigned long dw_cfi_reg_num
;
114 long int dw_cfi_offset
;
115 const char *dw_cfi_addr
;
116 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_cfi_loc
;
120 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
122 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
123 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
124 dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
125 dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd2
;
129 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
130 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
131 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
132 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
133 of this structure. */
134 typedef struct cfa_loc
139 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
142 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
143 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
144 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This used of a single
145 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
146 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
148 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
150 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
151 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
152 const char *dw_fde_end
;
153 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
154 unsigned funcdef_number
;
155 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
156 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
160 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
161 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
163 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
165 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
168 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
169 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
170 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
171 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
173 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
174 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
177 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
178 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
179 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
182 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
183 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
186 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
188 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
189 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
190 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
192 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
193 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
194 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
195 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
197 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
199 #endif /* not DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT */
201 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
202 information for each routine. */
203 static dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
205 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
206 static unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
208 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
209 static unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
211 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
213 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
215 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
216 static dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
218 /* The number of the current function definition for which debugging
219 information is being generated. These numbers range from 1 up to the
220 maximum number of function definitions contained within the current
221 compilation unit. These numbers are used to create unique label id's
222 unique to each function definition. */
223 unsigned current_funcdef_number
= 0;
225 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
226 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
227 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
228 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
229 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
231 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
233 static char *stripattributes
PARAMS ((const char *));
234 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
235 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi
PARAMS ((void));
236 static void add_cfi
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
));
237 static void add_fde_cfi
PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfi_ref
));
238 static void lookup_cfa_1
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*));
239 static void lookup_cfa
PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*));
240 static void reg_save
PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned,
242 static void initial_return_save
PARAMS ((rtx
));
243 static long stack_adjust_offset
PARAMS ((rtx
));
244 static void output_cfi
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int));
245 static void output_call_frame_info
PARAMS ((int));
246 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust
PARAMS ((rtx
));
247 static void queue_reg_save
PARAMS ((const char *, rtx
, long));
248 static void flush_queued_reg_saves
PARAMS ((void));
249 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save
PARAMS ((rtx
));
250 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr
PARAMS ((rtx
, const char *));
252 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
253 static void output_cfa_loc
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
));
254 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*,
255 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*));
256 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
257 PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*));
258 static void def_cfa_1
PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfa_location
*));
260 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
261 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
262 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
265 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
266 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
267 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
269 /* Pseudo-op for defining a new section. */
270 #ifndef SECTION_ASM_OP
271 #define SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.section\t"
274 /* The default format used by the ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION macro (see below) to
275 print the SECTION_ASM_OP and the section name. The default here works for
276 almost all svr4 assemblers, except for the sparc, where the section name
277 must be enclosed in double quotes. (See sparcv4.h). */
278 #ifndef SECTION_FORMAT
279 #ifdef PUSHSECTION_FORMAT
280 #define SECTION_FORMAT PUSHSECTION_FORMAT
282 #define SECTION_FORMAT "%s%s\n"
286 #ifndef FRAME_SECTION
287 #define FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
290 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
291 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
293 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
294 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
296 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
297 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
298 #define CIE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLCIE"
299 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
300 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
301 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
302 #define FDE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLFDE"
303 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
304 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
305 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
306 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
307 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
309 /* Definitions of defaults for various types of primitive assembly language
310 output operations. These may be overridden from within the tm.h file,
311 but typically, that is unnecessary. */
313 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION
314 #define ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION(FILE, SECTION) \
315 fprintf ((FILE), SECTION_FORMAT, SECTION_ASM_OP, SECTION)
319 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
320 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL(FILE, SY, HI, LO) \
322 fprintf (FILE, "%s", SET_ASM_OP); \
323 assemble_name (FILE, SY); \
325 assemble_name (FILE, HI); \
327 assemble_name (FILE, LO); \
330 #endif /* SET_ASM_OP */
332 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
333 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
335 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
337 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
339 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
343 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
344 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
345 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
346 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
349 /* Hook used by __throw. */
352 expand_builtin_dwarf_fp_regnum ()
354 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
));
357 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
358 for the current function. */
359 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
360 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
363 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
364 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
370 char *stripped
= xmalloc (strlen (s
) + 2);
375 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
382 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
385 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (address
)
389 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
390 rtx addr
= expand_expr (address
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
391 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (mode
, addr
);
393 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
; ++i
)
395 int offset
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
396 int size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (reg_raw_mode
[i
]);
401 emit_move_insn (change_address (mem
, mode
,
402 plus_constant (addr
, offset
)),
407 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
410 dwarf_cfi_name (cfi_opc
)
411 register unsigned cfi_opc
;
415 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
416 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
418 return "DW_CFA_offset";
420 return "DW_CFA_restore";
424 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
425 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
426 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
427 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
428 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
429 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
430 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
431 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
432 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
433 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
434 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
435 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
436 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
437 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
438 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
439 case DW_CFA_register
:
440 return "DW_CFA_register";
441 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
442 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
443 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
444 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
446 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
447 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
448 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
449 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
450 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
451 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
452 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
454 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
455 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
456 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
459 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
460 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
461 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
462 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
463 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
464 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
467 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
471 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
473 static inline dw_cfi_ref
476 register dw_cfi_ref cfi
= (dw_cfi_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
478 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
479 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
480 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
485 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
488 add_cfi (list_head
, cfi
)
489 register dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
;
490 register dw_cfi_ref cfi
;
492 register dw_cfi_ref
*p
;
494 /* Find the end of the chain. */
495 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
501 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
504 dwarf2out_cfi_label ()
506 static char label
[20];
507 static unsigned long label_num
= 0;
509 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", label_num
++);
510 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
515 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
516 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
519 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
)
520 register const char *label
;
521 register dw_cfi_ref cfi
;
525 register dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
528 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
530 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
531 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
533 register dw_cfi_ref xcfi
;
535 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
= xstrdup (label
);
537 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
539 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
540 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
541 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
544 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
548 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
551 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
554 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
)
555 register dw_cfi_ref cfi
;
556 register dw_cfa_location
*loc
;
558 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
560 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
561 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
563 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
564 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
567 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
568 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
570 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
571 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
578 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
582 register dw_cfa_location
*loc
;
584 register dw_cfi_ref cfi
;
586 loc
->reg
= (unsigned long) -1;
589 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
591 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
592 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
594 if (fde_table_in_use
)
596 register dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
597 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
598 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
602 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
603 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
605 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
607 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
609 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
610 static long args_size
;
612 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
613 static long old_args_size
;
615 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
616 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
617 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
620 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label
, reg
, offset
)
621 register const char *label
;
630 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
633 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
634 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
636 def_cfa_1 (label
, loc_p
)
637 register const char *label
;
638 dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
;
640 register dw_cfi_ref cfi
;
641 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
646 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
647 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
649 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
650 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
652 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
&&
653 loc
.indirect
== old_cfa
.indirect
)
655 if (loc
.indirect
== 0
656 || loc
.base_offset
== old_cfa
.base_offset
)
657 /* Nothing changed so no need to issue any call frame
664 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
666 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
667 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
669 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
670 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
673 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
674 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
&& old_cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) -1
677 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
678 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
679 offset has not changed. */
680 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
681 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
685 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
687 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
688 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
689 the specified offset. */
690 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
691 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
692 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
696 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
697 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
698 register-offset pair is available. */
699 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
700 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
701 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
);
702 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
705 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
708 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
709 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
710 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
711 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
714 reg_save (label
, reg
, sreg
, offset
)
715 register const char *label
;
716 register unsigned reg
;
717 register unsigned sreg
;
718 register long offset
;
720 register dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
722 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
724 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
725 the value isn't a register number. */
726 if (sreg
== (unsigned int) -1)
729 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
731 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
733 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
735 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
737 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
738 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
739 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
741 long check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
743 if (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
!= offset
)
747 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
750 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
;
753 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
755 else if (sreg
== reg
)
756 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
760 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
761 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
764 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
767 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
768 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
769 from the previous frame's window save area.
771 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
772 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
775 dwarf2out_window_save (label
)
776 register const char *label
;
778 register dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
779 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
780 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
783 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
784 pushed onto the stack. */
787 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, size
)
791 register dw_cfi_ref cfi
;
793 if (size
== old_args_size
)
795 old_args_size
= size
;
798 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
799 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
800 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
803 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
804 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
807 dwarf2out_reg_save (label
, reg
, offset
)
808 register const char *label
;
809 register unsigned reg
;
810 register long offset
;
812 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), -1, offset
);
815 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
816 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
819 dwarf2out_return_save (label
, offset
)
820 register const char *label
;
821 register long offset
;
823 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, -1, offset
);
826 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
827 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
830 dwarf2out_return_reg (label
, sreg
)
831 register const char *label
;
832 register unsigned sreg
;
834 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, sreg
, 0);
837 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
838 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
841 initial_return_save (rtl
)
844 unsigned int reg
= (unsigned int) -1;
847 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
850 /* RA is in a register. */
851 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
854 /* RA is on the stack. */
856 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
859 if (REGNO (rtl
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
864 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
866 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
869 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
871 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
878 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
879 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
880 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
881 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
883 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
889 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
892 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
896 stack_adjust_offset (pattern
)
899 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
900 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
904 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
906 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
907 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
908 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
909 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
910 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
913 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
915 else if (GET_CODE (dest
) == MEM
)
917 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
918 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
919 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
921 if (! (code
== PRE_DEC
|| code
== PRE_INC
922 || code
== PRE_MODIFY
)
923 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
)
926 if (code
== PRE_MODIFY
)
928 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
929 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
930 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != PLUS
||
931 GET_CODE (val
) != CONST_INT
)
933 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
935 else offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
940 if (code
== PLUS
|| code
== PRE_INC
)
946 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
947 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
948 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
951 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
)
957 if (! flag_non_call_exceptions
&& GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
959 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
961 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
962 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
963 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
964 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
965 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
966 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != CALL
)
968 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
972 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
973 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
974 else if (! flag_non_call_exceptions
975 && cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
978 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == BARRIER
)
980 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
981 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
982 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
983 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
989 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
991 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
993 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
994 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
996 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1001 for (j
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; j
>= 0; j
--)
1003 rtx pattern
= XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, j
);
1004 if (GET_CODE (pattern
) == SET
)
1005 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (pattern
);
1014 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1015 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1017 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1020 args_size
+= offset
;
1024 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1025 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1026 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1029 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1030 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1031 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1033 struct queued_reg_save
1035 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1040 static struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1041 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1044 queue_reg_save (label
, reg
, offset
)
1049 struct queued_reg_save
*q
= (struct queued_reg_save
*) xmalloc (sizeof (*q
));
1051 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1053 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1054 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1056 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1060 flush_queued_reg_saves ()
1062 struct queued_reg_save
*q
, *next
;
1064 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= next
)
1066 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, REGNO (q
->reg
), q
->cfa_offset
);
1071 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1072 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1076 clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
)
1079 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1081 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1082 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1089 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1090 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1091 value, not an offset. */
1092 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1094 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1095 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1096 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1099 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1100 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1101 users need not read the source code.
1103 The High-Level Picture
1105 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1106 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1107 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1108 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1109 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1111 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1112 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1113 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1114 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1115 saves. This also seems to work.
1117 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1118 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1119 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1120 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1122 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1123 offset is non-zero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1124 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1125 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1127 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1129 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1130 consists of a register and an offset.
1131 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1132 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1133 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1134 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1135 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1136 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1137 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1139 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1140 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1141 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1144 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1145 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1146 and cfa_temp.offset.
1148 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1151 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1152 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1153 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1157 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1158 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1161 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1162 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1163 cfa.offset unchanged
1164 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1165 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1168 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1169 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1170 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1171 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1172 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1175 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1176 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1177 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1180 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1181 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1183 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1184 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1185 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1188 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1189 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1191 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1192 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1195 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1196 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1197 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1200 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1201 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1202 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1205 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1209 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1210 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1211 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1214 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1215 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1216 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1218 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1221 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1222 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1223 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1225 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1228 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1229 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1230 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1233 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1234 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1235 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1238 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1239 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1240 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1241 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1244 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (expr
, label
)
1251 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1252 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1253 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1254 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1255 flag is set in them. */
1257 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
1258 || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1261 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1263 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1265 rtx x
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
1267 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SET
&&
1268 (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (x
) || par_index
== 0))
1269 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (x
, label
);
1274 if (GET_CODE (expr
) != SET
)
1277 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1278 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1280 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1284 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1285 relative to the current CFA register. */
1286 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1288 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1290 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1296 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1297 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1298 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1299 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1300 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1301 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1302 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1308 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1312 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1315 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1318 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1)) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1320 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1326 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1328 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1329 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1331 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1333 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1334 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1336 else if (XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
)
1339 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1341 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1342 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1343 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1344 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1346 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1349 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1350 or adjusting the FP */
1351 if (! frame_pointer_needed
)
1354 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1355 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1356 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1358 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1359 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1361 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1362 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1369 if (GET_CODE (src
) == MINUS
)
1373 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1374 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1375 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1377 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1378 into the FP later on. */
1379 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1380 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1381 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1382 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1383 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1384 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1387 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1388 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1389 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1391 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1392 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1393 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1395 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1396 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1399 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1400 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1402 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1403 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1412 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1413 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1418 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) != REG
1419 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) != cfa_temp
.reg
1420 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1422 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1423 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1424 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1427 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1428 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1436 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1440 if (GET_CODE (src
) != REG
)
1443 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1445 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1450 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1451 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1453 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1455 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1456 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1458 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1459 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1460 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1462 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1467 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1468 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1471 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1472 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1474 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1475 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1476 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1478 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1482 /* With an offset. */
1486 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1488 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1489 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1492 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1493 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1494 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1495 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1501 /* Without an offset. */
1503 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1504 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1505 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1506 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1513 if (cfa_temp
.reg
!= (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1515 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1516 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1523 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1524 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1525 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1527 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1529 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1531 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1532 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1535 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1536 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, offset
);
1541 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1542 calculate the CFA. */
1544 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1545 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1547 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1549 cfa
.reg
= (unsigned) REGNO (x
);
1550 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1552 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1557 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1558 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, offset
);
1566 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1567 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1568 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1571 dwarf2out_frame_debug (insn
)
1577 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1579 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1580 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1582 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1584 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
))
1586 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1589 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1593 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != INSN
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1594 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1596 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1598 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1599 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
);
1603 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1605 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1607 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1609 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1611 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1614 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1617 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
)
1618 register dw_cfi_ref cfi
;
1619 register dw_fde_ref fde
;
1622 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
1624 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1625 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
1626 "DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
1627 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
1629 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
1631 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1632 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1633 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1634 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1635 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1637 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
1639 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1640 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1641 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1642 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1646 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
1647 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
1649 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1651 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1653 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1654 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1655 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
1658 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
1659 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
1661 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1662 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1663 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1664 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1666 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1667 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1668 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1669 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1671 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1672 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1673 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1674 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1676 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1677 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1678 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1679 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1681 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1682 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
1683 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1684 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, NULL
);
1685 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1687 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1688 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1689 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1690 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1691 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, NULL
);
1693 case DW_CFA_register
:
1694 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, NULL
);
1695 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, NULL
);
1697 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1698 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1699 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1701 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1703 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1704 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
1712 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1713 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1714 location of saved registers. */
1717 output_call_frame_info (for_eh
)
1720 register unsigned long i
;
1721 register dw_fde_ref fde
;
1722 register dw_cfi_ref cfi
;
1723 char l1
[20], l2
[20];
1724 int any_lsda_needed
= 0;
1725 char augmentation
[6];
1726 int augmentation_size
;
1727 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1728 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1729 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1731 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
1732 emit any EH unwind information. */
1735 int any_eh_needed
= 0;
1736 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; ++i
)
1737 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
1738 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= 1;
1739 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
)
1742 if (! any_eh_needed
)
1746 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1752 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION
1753 EH_FRAME_SECTION ();
1755 tree label
= get_file_function_name ('F');
1757 force_data_section ();
1758 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
1759 ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
1760 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
1762 assemble_label ("__FRAME_BEGIN__");
1765 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file
, FRAME_SECTION
);
1767 /* Output the CIE. */
1768 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1769 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1770 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
1771 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1772 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
1774 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1775 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1776 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
1777 (for_eh
? 0 : DW_CIE_ID
),
1778 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1780 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
1782 augmentation
[0] = 0;
1783 augmentation_size
= 0;
1789 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1790 augmentation section.
1791 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1792 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1793 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1795 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1796 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1798 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1799 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
1800 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1802 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
1803 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
1806 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
1808 if (any_lsda_needed
)
1811 augmentation_size
+= 1;
1813 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
1816 augmentation_size
+= 1;
1818 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
1820 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
1824 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
1826 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
1828 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
1829 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
1831 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, "CIE RA Column");
1833 if (augmentation
[0])
1835 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
1836 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
1838 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
1839 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
1840 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
1841 eh_personality_libfunc
, NULL
);
1843 if (any_lsda_needed
)
1844 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
1845 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
1846 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
1847 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
1848 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
1851 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
1852 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
1854 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
1855 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
1856 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
1857 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
1859 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
1860 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; ++i
)
1862 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
1864 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
1865 if (for_eh
&& fde
->nothrow
&& ! fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
1868 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
1869 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
1870 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
1871 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
1873 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
1875 /* ??? This always emits a 4 byte offset when for_eh is true, but it
1876 emits a target dependent sized offset when for_eh is not true.
1877 This inconsistency may confuse gdb. The only case where we need a
1878 non-4 byte offset is for the Irix6 N64 ABI, so we may lose SGI
1879 compatibility if we emit a 4 byte offset. We need a 4 byte offset
1880 though in order to be compatible with the dwarf_fde struct in frame.c.
1881 If the for_eh case is changed, then the struct in frame.c has
1882 to be adjusted appropriately. */
1884 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, "__FRAME_BEGIN__", "FDE CIE offset");
1886 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
1887 stripattributes (FRAME_SECTION
),
1892 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
1893 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
),
1894 "FDE initial location");
1895 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
1896 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
1897 "FDE address range");
1901 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
1902 "FDE initial location");
1903 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
1904 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
1905 "FDE address range");
1908 if (augmentation
[0])
1910 if (any_lsda_needed
)
1912 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (
1913 size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), "Augmentation size");
1915 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
1917 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
1918 fde
->funcdef_number
);
1919 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1920 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
1921 "Language Specific Data Area");
1924 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
),
1925 0, "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
1928 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
1931 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
1933 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
1934 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
1935 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
1937 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
1938 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
1939 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
1940 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
1943 #ifndef EH_FRAME_SECTION
1945 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
1947 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
1948 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
1949 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
1950 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
1953 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
1958 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
1962 dwarf2out_begin_prologue ()
1964 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
1965 register dw_fde_ref fde
;
1967 current_function_func_begin_label
= 0;
1969 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
1970 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
1971 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
1973 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
1974 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
1977 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
1981 ++current_funcdef_number
;
1983 function_section (current_function_decl
);
1984 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
1985 current_funcdef_number
);
1986 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
1987 current_funcdef_number
);
1988 current_function_func_begin_label
= get_identifier (label
);
1990 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
1991 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
1992 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
1996 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
1997 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
1999 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2001 = (dw_fde_ref
) xrealloc (fde_table
,
2002 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2005 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2006 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2008 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2009 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2010 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= xstrdup (label
);
2011 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
2012 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2013 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2014 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_funcdef_number
;
2015 fde
->nothrow
= current_function_nothrow
;
2016 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2018 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2021 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2022 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2026 dwarf2out_end_epilogue ()
2029 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2031 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2033 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, current_funcdef_number
);
2034 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2035 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2036 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2040 dwarf2out_frame_init ()
2042 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2043 fde_table
= (dw_fde_ref
) xcalloc (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
, sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2044 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2045 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2047 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2048 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2050 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2051 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2052 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2053 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2058 dwarf2out_frame_finish ()
2060 /* Output call frame information. */
2061 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2062 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
)
2063 output_call_frame_info (0);
2064 if (flag_unwind_tables
|| (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
))
2065 output_call_frame_info (1);
2067 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
2068 || flag_unwind_tables
|| (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
))
2069 output_call_frame_info (1);
2073 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2074 for emitting location expressions. */
2076 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2077 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2078 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2080 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2081 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2082 implementation are listed below. */
2089 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2090 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2093 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2094 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2095 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2096 dw_val_class_lbl_offset
,
2101 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2102 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2104 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
2111 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2113 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
2120 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2121 represented internally. */
2123 typedef struct dw_val_struct
2125 dw_val_class val_class
;
2129 dw_loc_descr_ref val_loc
;
2131 long unsigned val_unsigned
;
2132 dw_long_long_const val_long_long
;
2133 dw_float_const val_float
;
2138 unsigned val_fde_index
;
2141 unsigned char val_flag
;
2147 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2150 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
2152 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2153 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2154 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2155 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2160 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
2161 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr
PARAMS ((enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2164 static void add_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
*,
2166 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2167 static unsigned long size_of_locs
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2168 static void output_loc_operands
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2169 static void output_loc_sequence
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2171 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2174 dwarf_stack_op_name (op
)
2175 register unsigned op
;
2180 return "DW_OP_addr";
2182 return "DW_OP_deref";
2184 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2186 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2188 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2190 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2192 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2194 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2196 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2198 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2200 return "DW_OP_constu";
2202 return "DW_OP_consts";
2206 return "DW_OP_drop";
2208 return "DW_OP_over";
2210 return "DW_OP_pick";
2212 return "DW_OP_swap";
2216 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2224 return "DW_OP_minus";
2236 return "DW_OP_plus";
2237 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2238 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2244 return "DW_OP_shra";
2262 return "DW_OP_skip";
2264 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2266 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2268 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2270 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2272 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2274 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2276 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2278 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2280 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2282 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2284 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2286 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2288 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2290 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2292 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2294 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2296 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2298 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2300 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2302 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2304 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2306 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2308 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2310 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2312 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2314 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2316 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2318 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2320 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2322 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2324 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2326 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2328 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2330 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2332 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2334 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2336 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2338 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2340 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2342 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2344 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2346 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2348 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2350 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2352 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2354 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2356 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2358 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2360 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2362 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2364 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2366 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2368 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2370 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2372 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2374 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2376 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2378 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2380 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2382 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2384 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2386 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2388 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2390 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2392 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2394 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2396 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2398 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2400 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2402 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2404 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2406 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2408 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2410 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2412 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2414 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2416 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2418 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2420 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2422 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2424 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2426 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2428 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2430 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2432 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2434 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2436 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2438 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2440 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2442 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2444 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2446 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2448 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2450 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2452 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2454 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2456 return "DW_OP_regx";
2458 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2460 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2462 return "DW_OP_piece";
2463 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2464 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2465 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2466 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2470 return "OP_<unknown>";
2474 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2475 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2476 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2478 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2479 new_loc_descr (op
, oprnd1
, oprnd2
)
2480 register enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
2481 register unsigned long oprnd1
;
2482 register unsigned long oprnd2
;
2484 /* Use xcalloc here so we clear out all of the long_long constant in
2486 register dw_loc_descr_ref descr
2487 = (dw_loc_descr_ref
) xcalloc (1, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
2489 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
2490 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2491 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
2492 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2493 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
2498 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2501 add_loc_descr (list_head
, descr
)
2502 register dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
;
2503 register dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
2505 register dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
2507 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2508 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
2514 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2516 static unsigned long
2517 size_of_loc_descr (loc
)
2518 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2520 register unsigned long size
= 1;
2522 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2525 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2544 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2547 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2552 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2553 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2591 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2594 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2597 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2600 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2601 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
2604 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2606 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2607 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2617 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2619 static unsigned long
2621 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2623 register unsigned long size
= 0;
2625 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2627 loc
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
2628 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (loc
);
2634 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2637 output_loc_operands (loc
)
2638 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2640 register dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2641 register dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2643 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2645 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2647 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2651 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2655 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2659 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
< 64)
2661 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2668 if (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
2669 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2673 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
2686 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2687 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2688 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2689 only doing unwinding. */
2694 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2697 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2700 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2703 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2705 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2706 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2740 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2743 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2746 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2749 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2750 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2753 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2755 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2756 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2757 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2760 /* Other codes have no operands. */
2765 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
2768 output_loc_sequence (loc
)
2769 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2771 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2773 /* Output the opcode. */
2774 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
2775 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
2777 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
2778 output_loc_operands (loc
);
2782 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
2783 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
2786 output_cfa_loc (cfi
)
2789 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2792 /* Output the size of the block. */
2793 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
2794 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
2795 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
2797 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
2798 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
2801 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor seqeunce from
2802 a dw_cfa_location. */
2804 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
2806 dw_cfa_location
*cfa
;
2808 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
2810 if (cfa
->indirect
== 0)
2813 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
2816 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
2818 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
2820 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
2821 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
2823 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
2824 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
2825 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
2826 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
2827 if (cfa
->offset
!= 0)
2829 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, cfa
->offset
, 0);
2830 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
2835 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a
2836 dwarf location descriptor sequence. */
2839 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (cfa
, loc
)
2840 dw_cfa_location
*cfa
;
2841 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
;
2843 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
2845 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
2849 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
2851 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
2886 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
2889 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
2923 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
2924 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
2927 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
2928 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
2933 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2934 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
2937 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implememnted\n",
2938 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
2942 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
2944 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
2945 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2947 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
2948 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
2949 throughout the remainder of this file. */
2951 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
2952 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
2953 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
2954 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
2956 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
2957 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
2959 typedef long int dw_offset
;
2961 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
2963 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
2964 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
2965 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
2966 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
2967 typedef dw_die_ref
*arange_ref
;
2969 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
2970 line number associated with the label generated for that
2971 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
2972 the line number entry. */
2974 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
2976 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
2977 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
2981 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
2983 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
2985 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
2986 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
2987 unsigned long function
;
2989 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
2991 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
2992 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
2993 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
2995 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
2997 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
2998 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next
;
2999 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3003 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3005 typedef struct die_struct
3007 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3009 dw_attr_ref die_attr
;
3010 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3011 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3013 dw_offset die_offset
;
3014 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3019 /* The pubname structure */
3021 typedef struct pubname_struct
3028 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3029 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
3032 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3036 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3037 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3038 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3041 /* Define a macro which returns non-zero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3042 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3044 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3045 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3046 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3047 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3048 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3049 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3051 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3052 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3053 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3054 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3055 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3056 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3057 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3058 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3059 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3060 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3062 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3063 language, and compiler version. */
3065 extern int flag_traditional
;
3067 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3068 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3070 /* Fixed size portion of debugging line information prolog. */
3071 #define DWARF_LINE_PROLOG_HEADER_SIZE 5
3073 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3074 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3076 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3077 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3078 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3079 - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
3081 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3082 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3083 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3084 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3085 - (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3087 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3088 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3089 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3090 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3092 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3096 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in bytes).
3097 In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for information
3098 purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language, we have
3099 no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are generated
3100 for each source line, and therefore can use only the DW_LNE_set_address
3101 and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information commands. */
3103 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH
3104 #define DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH 4
3107 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3108 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3109 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3111 /* First special line opcde - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3112 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3114 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3115 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3117 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3118 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3119 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3120 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3121 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3123 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3124 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3125 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3127 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3128 static dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3130 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3131 static limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
= 0;
3133 /* Structure used by lookup_filename to manage sets of filenames. */
3139 unsigned last_lookup_index
;
3142 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the filename
3144 #define FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3146 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3147 static struct file_table file_table
;
3149 /* Local pointer to the name of the main input file. Initialized in
3151 static const char *primary_filename
;
3153 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3154 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3155 number identifying each decl. */
3156 static dw_die_ref
*decl_die_table
;
3158 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3159 static unsigned decl_die_table_allocated
;
3161 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3162 static unsigned decl_die_table_in_use
;
3164 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3166 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3168 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
3169 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
3170 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
3171 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
3172 define type declaration DIE's. */
3173 static tree
*decl_scope_table
;
3175 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_scope_table. */
3176 static int decl_scope_table_allocated
;
3178 /* Current level of nesting of declaration scopes. */
3179 static int decl_scope_depth
;
3181 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3182 decl_scope_table. */
3183 #define DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3185 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3186 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3187 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3188 static dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3190 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3191 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3193 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3194 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3196 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3197 abbrev_die_table. */
3198 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3200 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3201 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3202 static dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3204 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3205 static unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3207 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3208 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3210 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3211 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3212 static dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3214 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3215 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3217 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3218 static unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3220 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3222 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3224 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3225 accessible names. */
3226 static pubname_ref pubname_table
;
3228 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3229 static unsigned pubname_table_allocated
;
3231 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3232 static unsigned pubname_table_in_use
;
3234 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3236 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3238 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3239 accessible names. */
3240 static arange_ref arange_table
;
3242 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3243 static unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3245 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3246 static unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3248 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3250 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3252 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
3253 completed at some later time. */
3255 static tree
*incomplete_types_list
;
3257 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the incomplete_types_list. */
3258 static unsigned incomplete_types_allocated
;
3260 /* Number of elements of incomplete_types_list currently in use. */
3261 static unsigned incomplete_types
;
3263 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the incomplete
3264 types list. Actually, a single hunk of space of this size should
3265 be enough for most typical programs. */
3266 #define INCOMPLETE_TYPES_INCREMENT 64
3268 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3269 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
3270 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3271 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
3274 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
3275 must be kept around forever. We do this rather than perform GC on
3276 the dwarf info because almost all of the dwarf info lives forever, and
3277 it's easier to support non-GC frontends this way. */
3278 static varray_type used_rtx_varray
;
3280 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3282 static int is_pseudo_reg
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3283 static tree type_main_variant
PARAMS ((tree
));
3284 static int is_tagged_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3285 static const char *dwarf_tag_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3286 static const char *dwarf_attr_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3287 static const char *dwarf_form_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3289 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3291 static tree decl_ultimate_origin
PARAMS ((tree
));
3292 static tree block_ultimate_origin
PARAMS ((tree
));
3293 static tree decl_class_context
PARAMS ((tree
));
3294 static void add_dwarf_attr
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
));
3295 static void add_AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3296 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3298 static void add_AT_int
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3299 enum dwarf_attribute
, long));
3300 static void add_AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3301 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3303 static void add_AT_long_long
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3304 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3307 static void add_AT_float
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3308 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3310 static void add_AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3311 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3313 static void add_AT_die_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3314 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3316 static void add_AT_fde_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3317 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3319 static void add_AT_loc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3320 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3322 static void add_AT_addr
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3323 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3325 static void add_AT_lbl_id
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3326 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3328 static void add_AT_lbl_offset
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3329 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3331 static dw_attr_ref get_AT
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3332 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3333 static const char *get_AT_low_pc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3334 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3335 static const char *get_AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3336 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3337 static int get_AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3338 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3339 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3340 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3341 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3342 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3343 static int is_c_family
PARAMS ((void));
3344 static int is_java
PARAMS ((void));
3345 static int is_fortran
PARAMS ((void));
3346 static void remove_AT
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3347 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3348 static void remove_children
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3349 static void add_child_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3350 static dw_die_ref new_die
PARAMS ((enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
));
3351 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3352 static void equate_type_number_to_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3353 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3354 static void equate_decl_number_to_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3355 static void print_spaces
PARAMS ((FILE *));
3356 static void print_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, FILE *));
3357 static void print_dwarf_line_table
PARAMS ((FILE *));
3358 static void reverse_die_lists
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3359 static void reverse_all_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3360 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3361 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3362 static void loc_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*));
3363 static void attr_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*));
3364 static void die_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*));
3365 static void compute_section_prefix
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3366 static int is_type_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3367 static int is_comdat_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3368 static int is_symbol_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3369 static char *gen_internal_sym
PARAMS ((void));
3370 static void assign_symbol_names
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3371 static void break_out_includes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3372 static void add_sibling_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3373 static void build_abbrev_table
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3374 static unsigned long size_of_string
PARAMS ((const char *));
3375 static int constant_size
PARAMS ((long unsigned));
3376 static unsigned long size_of_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3377 static void calc_die_sizes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3378 static void mark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3379 static void unmark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3380 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames
PARAMS ((void));
3381 static unsigned long size_of_aranges
PARAMS ((void));
3382 static enum dwarf_form value_format
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3383 static void output_value_format
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3384 static void output_abbrev_section
PARAMS ((void));
3385 static void output_die_symbol
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3386 static void output_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3387 static void output_compilation_unit_header
PARAMS ((void));
3388 static void output_comp_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3389 static const char *dwarf2_name
PARAMS ((tree
, int));
3390 static void add_pubname
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3391 static void output_pubnames
PARAMS ((void));
3392 static void add_arange
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3393 static void output_aranges
PARAMS ((void));
3394 static void output_line_info
PARAMS ((void));
3395 static void output_file_names
PARAMS ((void));
3396 static dw_die_ref base_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3397 static tree root_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3398 static int is_base_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3399 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
));
3400 static int type_is_enum
PARAMS ((tree
));
3401 static unsigned int reg_number
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3402 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3403 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT
));
3404 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr
PARAMS ((unsigned, long));
3405 static int is_based_loc
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3406 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
));
3407 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
));
3408 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3409 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree
PARAMS ((tree
, int));
3410 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling
PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int));
3411 static tree field_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3412 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3413 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3414 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3415 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset
PARAMS ((tree
));
3416 static void add_AT_location_description
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3417 enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
));
3418 static void add_data_member_location_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3419 static void add_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, rtx
));
3420 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location
PARAMS ((tree
));
3421 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3422 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3423 static void add_name_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, const char *));
3424 static void add_bound_info
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3425 enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
));
3426 static void add_subscript_info
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3427 static void add_byte_size_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3428 static void add_bit_offset_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3429 static void add_bit_size_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3430 static void add_prototyped_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3431 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3432 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3433 static void add_src_coords_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3434 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3435 static void push_decl_scope
PARAMS ((tree
));
3436 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3437 static void pop_decl_scope
PARAMS ((void));
3438 static void add_type_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int,
3440 static const char *type_tag
PARAMS ((tree
));
3441 static tree member_declared_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3443 static const char *decl_start_label
PARAMS ((tree
));
3445 static void gen_array_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3446 static void gen_set_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3448 static void gen_entry_point_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3450 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3451 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3452 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3453 static void gen_enumeration_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3454 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3455 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3456 static void gen_formal_types_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3457 static void gen_subprogram_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3458 static void gen_variable_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3459 static void gen_label_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3460 static void gen_lexical_block_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3461 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3462 static void gen_field_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3463 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3464 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die
PARAMS ((const char *));
3465 static void gen_string_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3466 static void gen_inheritance_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3467 static void gen_member_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3468 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3469 static void gen_subroutine_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3470 static void gen_typedef_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3471 static void gen_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3472 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3473 static void gen_block_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3474 static void decls_for_scope
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3475 static int is_redundant_typedef
PARAMS ((tree
));
3476 static void gen_decl_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3477 static unsigned lookup_filename
PARAMS ((const char *));
3478 static void init_file_table
PARAMS ((void));
3479 static void add_incomplete_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3480 static void retry_incomplete_types
PARAMS ((void));
3481 static void gen_type_die_for_member
PARAMS ((tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3482 static rtx save_rtx
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3483 static void splice_child_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3484 static int file_info_cmp
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3486 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3487 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3488 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3490 #ifndef ABBREV_SECTION
3491 #define ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3493 #ifndef ARANGES_SECTION
3494 #define ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3496 #ifndef DW_MACINFO_SECTION
3497 #define DW_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3499 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3500 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3503 #define LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3505 #ifndef PUBNAMES_SECTION
3506 #define PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3509 #define STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3512 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3513 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION
3514 #define TEXT_SECTION ".text"
3516 #ifndef DATA_SECTION
3517 #define DATA_SECTION ".data"
3520 #define BSS_SECTION ".bss"
3523 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3524 the section names themselves. */
3526 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3527 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3529 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3530 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3532 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3533 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3535 #ifndef ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3536 #define ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3539 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3540 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3541 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3542 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3543 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3545 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3546 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3547 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3548 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3549 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3551 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3552 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3554 #ifndef DATA_END_LABEL
3555 #define DATA_END_LABEL "Ledata"
3557 #ifndef BSS_END_LABEL
3558 #define BSS_END_LABEL "Lebss"
3560 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3561 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3563 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3564 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3566 #ifndef BODY_BEGIN_LABEL
3567 #define BODY_BEGIN_LABEL "Lbb"
3569 #ifndef BODY_END_LABEL
3570 #define BODY_END_LABEL "Lbe"
3572 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3573 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3575 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3576 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3579 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3580 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3582 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) PARAMS ((const char *));
3585 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (func
)
3586 const char *(*func
) PARAMS ((const char *));
3588 demangle_name_func
= func
;
3591 /* Return an rtx like ORIG which lives forever. If we're doing GC,
3592 that means adding it to used_rtx_varray. If not, that means making
3593 a copy on the permanent_obstack. */
3599 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, orig
);
3604 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3610 return ((GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
&& REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
3611 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
3612 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
3615 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3619 type_main_variant (type
)
3622 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3624 /* There really should be only one main variant among any group of variants
3625 of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all members of
3626 the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C front-end
3627 messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug here. */
3629 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
3630 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
3631 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3636 /* Return non-zero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3639 is_tagged_type (type
)
3642 register enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
3644 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
3645 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
3648 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3651 dwarf_tag_name (tag
)
3652 register unsigned tag
;
3656 case DW_TAG_padding
:
3657 return "DW_TAG_padding";
3658 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
3659 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
3660 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
3661 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
3662 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
3663 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
3664 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
3665 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
3666 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
3667 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
3668 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
3669 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
3671 return "DW_TAG_label";
3672 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
3673 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
3675 return "DW_TAG_member";
3676 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
3677 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
3678 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
3679 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
3680 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
3681 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
3682 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
3683 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
3684 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
3685 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
3686 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
3687 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
3688 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
3689 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
3690 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
3691 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
3692 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
3693 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
3694 case DW_TAG_variant
:
3695 return "DW_TAG_variant";
3696 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
3697 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
3698 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
3699 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
3700 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
3701 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
3702 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
3703 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
3705 return "DW_TAG_module";
3706 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
3707 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
3708 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
3709 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
3710 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
3711 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
3712 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
3713 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
3714 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
3715 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
3716 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
3717 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
3718 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
3719 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
3720 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
3721 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
3722 case DW_TAG_constant
:
3723 return "DW_TAG_constant";
3724 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
3725 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
3726 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
3727 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
3729 return "DW_TAG_friend";
3730 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
3731 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
3732 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
3733 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
3734 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
3735 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
3736 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
3737 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
3738 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
3739 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
3740 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
3741 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
3742 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
3743 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
3744 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
3745 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
3746 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
3747 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
3748 case DW_TAG_variable
:
3749 return "DW_TAG_variable";
3750 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
3751 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
3752 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
3753 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
3754 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
3755 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
3756 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
3757 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
3758 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
3759 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
3760 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
3761 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
3762 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
3763 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
3765 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
3769 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
3772 dwarf_attr_name (attr
)
3773 register unsigned attr
;
3778 return "DW_AT_sibling";
3779 case DW_AT_location
:
3780 return "DW_AT_location";
3782 return "DW_AT_name";
3783 case DW_AT_ordering
:
3784 return "DW_AT_ordering";
3785 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
3786 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
3787 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
3788 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
3789 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
3790 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
3791 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
3792 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
3793 case DW_AT_element_list
:
3794 return "DW_AT_element_list";
3795 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
3796 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
3798 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
3800 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
3801 case DW_AT_language
:
3802 return "DW_AT_language";
3804 return "DW_AT_member";
3806 return "DW_AT_discr";
3807 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
3808 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
3809 case DW_AT_visibility
:
3810 return "DW_AT_visibility";
3812 return "DW_AT_import";
3813 case DW_AT_string_length
:
3814 return "DW_AT_string_length";
3815 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
3816 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
3817 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
3818 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
3819 case DW_AT_const_value
:
3820 return "DW_AT_const_value";
3821 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
3822 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
3823 case DW_AT_default_value
:
3824 return "DW_AT_default_value";
3826 return "DW_AT_inline";
3827 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
3828 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
3829 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
3830 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
3831 case DW_AT_producer
:
3832 return "DW_AT_producer";
3833 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
3834 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
3835 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
3836 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
3837 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
3838 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
3839 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
3840 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
3841 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
3842 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
3843 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
3844 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
3845 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
3846 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
3847 case DW_AT_address_class
:
3848 return "DW_AT_address_class";
3849 case DW_AT_artificial
:
3850 return "DW_AT_artificial";
3851 case DW_AT_base_types
:
3852 return "DW_AT_base_types";
3853 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
3854 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
3856 return "DW_AT_count";
3857 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
3858 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
3859 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
3860 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
3861 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
3862 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
3863 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
3864 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
3865 case DW_AT_declaration
:
3866 return "DW_AT_declaration";
3867 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
3868 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
3869 case DW_AT_encoding
:
3870 return "DW_AT_encoding";
3871 case DW_AT_external
:
3872 return "DW_AT_external";
3873 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
3874 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
3876 return "DW_AT_friend";
3877 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
3878 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
3879 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
3880 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
3881 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
3882 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
3883 case DW_AT_priority
:
3884 return "DW_AT_priority";
3886 return "DW_AT_segment";
3887 case DW_AT_specification
:
3888 return "DW_AT_specification";
3889 case DW_AT_static_link
:
3890 return "DW_AT_static_link";
3892 return "DW_AT_type";
3893 case DW_AT_use_location
:
3894 return "DW_AT_use_location";
3895 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
3896 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
3897 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
3898 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
3899 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
3900 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
3902 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
3903 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
3904 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
3905 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
3906 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
3907 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
3908 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
3909 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
3910 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
3911 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
3912 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
3913 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
3914 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
3915 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
3916 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
3917 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
3918 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
3919 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
3920 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
3921 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
3922 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
3923 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
3925 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
3926 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
3927 case DW_AT_src_info
:
3928 return "DW_AT_src_info";
3929 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
3930 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
3931 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
3932 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
3933 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
3934 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
3935 case DW_AT_body_end
:
3936 return "DW_AT_body_end";
3938 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
3942 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
3945 dwarf_form_name (form
)
3946 register unsigned form
;
3951 return "DW_FORM_addr";
3952 case DW_FORM_block2
:
3953 return "DW_FORM_block2";
3954 case DW_FORM_block4
:
3955 return "DW_FORM_block4";
3957 return "DW_FORM_data2";
3959 return "DW_FORM_data4";
3961 return "DW_FORM_data8";
3962 case DW_FORM_string
:
3963 return "DW_FORM_string";
3965 return "DW_FORM_block";
3966 case DW_FORM_block1
:
3967 return "DW_FORM_block1";
3969 return "DW_FORM_data1";
3971 return "DW_FORM_flag";
3973 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
3975 return "DW_FORM_strp";
3977 return "DW_FORM_udata";
3978 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
3979 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
3981 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
3983 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
3985 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
3987 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
3988 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
3989 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
3990 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
3991 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
3993 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
3997 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4001 dwarf_type_encoding_name (enc
)
4002 register unsigned enc
;
4006 case DW_ATE_address
:
4007 return "DW_ATE_address";
4008 case DW_ATE_boolean
:
4009 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4010 case DW_ATE_complex_float
:
4011 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4013 return "DW_ATE_float";
4015 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4016 case DW_ATE_signed_char
:
4017 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4018 case DW_ATE_unsigned
:
4019 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4020 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char
:
4021 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4023 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4028 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4029 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4030 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4031 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4035 decl_ultimate_origin (decl
)
4038 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4039 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4040 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4041 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4044 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4045 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)))
4046 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4047 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4051 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4054 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4055 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4056 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4057 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4061 block_ultimate_origin (block
)
4062 register tree block
;
4064 register tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4066 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4067 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4068 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4069 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4072 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4076 register tree ret_val
;
4077 register tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4081 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4082 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
)
4083 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
)
4086 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4092 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4093 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4097 decl_class_context (decl
)
4100 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4102 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4103 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4105 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4106 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4108 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4109 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4114 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4115 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4118 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
)
4119 register dw_die_ref die
;
4120 register dw_attr_ref attr
;
4122 if (die
!= NULL
&& attr
!= NULL
)
4124 attr
->dw_attr_next
= die
->die_attr
;
4125 die
->die_attr
= attr
;
4129 static inline dw_val_class AT_class
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
4130 static inline dw_val_class
4134 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4137 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4140 add_AT_flag (die
, attr_kind
, flag
)
4141 register dw_die_ref die
;
4142 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4143 register unsigned flag
;
4145 register dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4147 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4148 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4149 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4150 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4151 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4154 static inline unsigned AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
4155 static inline unsigned
4157 register dw_attr_ref a
;
4159 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
)
4160 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4165 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4168 add_AT_int (die
, attr_kind
, int_val
)
4169 register dw_die_ref die
;
4170 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4171 register long int int_val
;
4173 register dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4175 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4176 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4177 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4178 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4179 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4182 static inline long int AT_int
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
4183 static inline long int
4185 register dw_attr_ref a
;
4187 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
)
4188 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4193 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4196 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr_kind
, unsigned_val
)
4197 register dw_die_ref die
;
4198 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4199 register unsigned long unsigned_val
;
4201 register dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4203 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4204 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4205 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4206 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4207 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4210 static inline unsigned long AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
4211 static inline unsigned long
4213 register dw_attr_ref a
;
4215 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
4216 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4221 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4224 add_AT_long_long (die
, attr_kind
, val_hi
, val_low
)
4225 register dw_die_ref die
;
4226 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4227 register unsigned long val_hi
;
4228 register unsigned long val_low
;
4230 register dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4232 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4233 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4234 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4235 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4236 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4237 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4240 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4243 add_AT_float (die
, attr_kind
, length
, array
)
4244 register dw_die_ref die
;
4245 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4246 register unsigned length
;
4247 register long *array
;
4249 register dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4251 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4252 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4253 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_float
;
4254 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
= length
;
4255 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
= array
;
4256 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4259 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4262 add_AT_string (die
, attr_kind
, str
)
4263 register dw_die_ref die
;
4264 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4265 register const char *str
;
4267 register dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4269 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4270 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4271 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4272 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= xstrdup (str
);
4273 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4276 static inline const char *AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
4277 static inline const char *
4279 register dw_attr_ref a
;
4281 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4282 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
4287 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4290 add_AT_die_ref (die
, attr_kind
, targ_die
)
4291 register dw_die_ref die
;
4292 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4293 register dw_die_ref targ_die
;
4295 register dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4297 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4298 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4299 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4300 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4301 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4302 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4305 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
4306 static inline dw_die_ref
4308 register dw_attr_ref a
;
4310 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4311 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4316 static inline int AT_ref_external
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
4319 register dw_attr_ref a
;
4321 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4322 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4327 static inline void set_AT_ref_external
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
, int));
4329 set_AT_ref_external (a
, i
)
4330 register dw_attr_ref a
;
4333 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4334 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4339 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4342 add_AT_fde_ref (die
, attr_kind
, targ_fde
)
4343 register dw_die_ref die
;
4344 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4345 register unsigned targ_fde
;
4347 register dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4349 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4350 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4351 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
4352 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
4353 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4356 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4359 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, loc
)
4360 register dw_die_ref die
;
4361 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4362 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4364 register dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4366 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4367 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4368 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4369 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4370 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4373 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
4374 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4376 register dw_attr_ref a
;
4378 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
)
4379 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4384 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4387 add_AT_addr (die
, attr_kind
, addr
)
4388 register dw_die_ref die
;
4389 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4392 register dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4394 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4395 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4396 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
4397 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
4398 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4401 static inline rtx AT_addr
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
4404 register dw_attr_ref a
;
4406 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
)
4407 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
4412 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4415 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, attr_kind
, lbl_id
)
4416 register dw_die_ref die
;
4417 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4418 register const char *lbl_id
;
4420 register dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4422 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4423 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4424 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4425 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
4426 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4429 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4432 add_AT_lbl_offset (die
, attr_kind
, label
)
4433 register dw_die_ref die
;
4434 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4435 register const char *label
;
4437 register dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4439 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4440 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4441 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_offset
;
4442 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
4443 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4446 static inline const char *AT_lbl
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
4447 static inline const char *
4449 register dw_attr_ref a
;
4451 if (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4452 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset
))
4453 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
4458 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4460 static inline dw_attr_ref
4461 get_AT (die
, attr_kind
)
4462 register dw_die_ref die
;
4463 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4465 register dw_attr_ref a
;
4466 register dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
4470 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
4472 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
4475 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
4476 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
4481 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
4487 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with
4488 a subprogram DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is
4489 either not prsent, or if it cannot be represented as an
4490 assembler label identifier. */
4492 static inline const char *
4494 register dw_die_ref die
;
4496 register dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
4497 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4500 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with
4501 a subprogram DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is
4502 either not prsent, or if it cannot be represented as an
4503 assembler label identifier. */
4505 static inline const char *
4507 register dw_die_ref die
;
4509 register dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
4510 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4513 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4514 NULL if it is not present. */
4516 static inline const char *
4517 get_AT_string (die
, attr_kind
)
4518 register dw_die_ref die
;
4519 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4521 register dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4522 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
4525 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4526 if it is not present. */
4529 get_AT_flag (die
, attr_kind
)
4530 register dw_die_ref die
;
4531 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4533 register dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4534 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
4537 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4538 if it is not present. */
4540 static inline unsigned
4541 get_AT_unsigned (die
, attr_kind
)
4542 register dw_die_ref die
;
4543 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4545 register dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4546 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
4549 static inline dw_die_ref
4550 get_AT_ref (die
, attr_kind
)
4552 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4554 register dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4555 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
4561 register unsigned lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4563 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
4564 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
4570 register unsigned lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4572 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
);
4578 register unsigned lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4580 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Java
);
4583 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
4585 static inline void free_AT
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
4590 switch (AT_class (a
))
4592 case dw_val_class_str
:
4593 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
4594 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
4595 free (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
);
4598 case dw_val_class_float
:
4599 free (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
);
4609 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
4612 remove_AT (die
, attr_kind
)
4613 register dw_die_ref die
;
4614 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4616 register dw_attr_ref
*p
;
4617 register dw_attr_ref removed
= NULL
;
4621 for (p
= &(die
->die_attr
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->dw_attr_next
))
4622 if ((*p
)->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
4625 *p
= (*p
)->dw_attr_next
;
4634 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
4636 static inline void free_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
4641 remove_children (die
);
4645 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
4648 remove_children (die
)
4649 register dw_die_ref die
;
4651 register dw_die_ref child_die
= die
->die_child
;
4653 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
4655 while (child_die
!= NULL
)
4657 register dw_die_ref tmp_die
= child_die
;
4658 register dw_attr_ref a
;
4660 child_die
= child_die
->die_sib
;
4662 for (a
= tmp_die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
;)
4664 register dw_attr_ref tmp_a
= a
;
4666 a
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
4674 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
4675 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4678 add_child_die (die
, child_die
)
4679 register dw_die_ref die
;
4680 register dw_die_ref child_die
;
4682 if (die
!= NULL
&& child_die
!= NULL
)
4684 if (die
== child_die
)
4686 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
4687 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
;
4688 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
4692 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
4693 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
4696 splice_child_die (parent
, child
)
4697 dw_die_ref parent
, child
;
4701 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
4702 specification DIE at toplevel. */
4703 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
4705 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
4710 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
4711 && child
->die_parent
!= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
))
4714 for (p
= &(child
->die_parent
->die_child
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->die_sib
))
4717 *p
= child
->die_sib
;
4721 child
->die_sib
= parent
->die_child
;
4722 parent
->die_child
= child
;
4725 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
4727 static inline dw_die_ref
4728 new_die (tag_value
, parent_die
)
4729 register enum dwarf_tag tag_value
;
4730 register dw_die_ref parent_die
;
4732 register dw_die_ref die
= (dw_die_ref
) xcalloc (1, sizeof (die_node
));
4734 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
4736 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
4737 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
4740 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
4742 limbo_node
= (limbo_die_node
*) xmalloc (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
4743 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
4744 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
4745 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
4751 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
4753 static inline dw_die_ref
4754 lookup_type_die (type
)
4757 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
4758 type
= TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
);
4759 return (dw_die_ref
) TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type
);
4762 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
4765 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
)
4767 register dw_die_ref type_die
;
4769 TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type
) = (char *) type_die
;
4772 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
4774 static inline dw_die_ref
4775 lookup_decl_die (decl
)
4778 register unsigned decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
4780 return (decl_id
< decl_die_table_in_use
4781 ? decl_die_table
[decl_id
] : NULL
);
4784 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
4787 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
)
4789 register dw_die_ref decl_die
;
4791 register unsigned decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
4792 register unsigned num_allocated
;
4794 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_allocated
)
4797 = ((decl_id
+ 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
- 1)
4798 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
)
4799 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
4802 = (dw_die_ref
*) xrealloc (decl_die_table
,
4803 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * num_allocated
);
4805 memset ((char *) &decl_die_table
[decl_die_table_allocated
], 0,
4806 (num_allocated
- decl_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
4807 decl_die_table_allocated
= num_allocated
;
4810 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_in_use
)
4811 decl_die_table_in_use
= (decl_id
+ 1);
4813 decl_die_table
[decl_id
] = decl_die
;
4816 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
4817 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
4818 the DIE internal representation. */
4819 static int print_indent
;
4821 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
4824 print_spaces (outfile
)
4827 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
4830 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
4831 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
4834 print_die (die
, outfile
)
4838 register dw_attr_ref a
;
4839 register dw_die_ref c
;
4841 print_spaces (outfile
);
4842 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
4843 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
4844 print_spaces (outfile
);
4845 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
4846 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
4848 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
4850 print_spaces (outfile
);
4851 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
4853 switch (AT_class (a
))
4855 case dw_val_class_addr
:
4856 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
4858 case dw_val_class_loc
:
4859 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
4861 case dw_val_class_const
:
4862 fprintf (outfile
, "%ld", AT_int (a
));
4864 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
4865 fprintf (outfile
, "%lu", AT_unsigned (a
));
4867 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
4868 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
4869 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
4870 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
4872 case dw_val_class_float
:
4873 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point constant");
4875 case dw_val_class_flag
:
4876 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
4878 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
4879 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
4881 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
4882 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
4884 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
4887 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
4889 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
4890 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
4891 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
4893 case dw_val_class_str
:
4894 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
4895 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
4897 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
4903 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
4906 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
4909 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
4910 print_die (c
, outfile
);
4914 if (print_indent
== 0)
4915 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
4918 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
4919 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
4922 print_dwarf_line_table (outfile
)
4925 register unsigned i
;
4926 register dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
4928 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
4929 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++i
)
4931 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
4932 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: ", i
);
4933 fprintf (outfile
, "%-20s", file_table
.table
[line_info
->dw_file_num
]);
4934 fprintf (outfile
, "%6ld", line_info
->dw_line_num
);
4935 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
4938 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
4941 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
4944 debug_dwarf_die (die
)
4947 print_die (die
, stderr
);
4950 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
4951 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
4957 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
4958 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
4959 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
4962 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
4963 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
4964 they are in order of addition. */
4967 reverse_die_lists (die
)
4968 register dw_die_ref die
;
4970 register dw_die_ref c
, cp
, cn
;
4971 register dw_attr_ref a
, ap
, an
;
4973 for (a
= die
->die_attr
, ap
= 0; a
; a
= an
)
4975 an
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
4976 a
->dw_attr_next
= ap
;
4981 for (c
= die
->die_child
, cp
= 0; c
; c
= cn
)
4987 die
->die_child
= cp
;
4990 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since
4991 we used to reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs
4992 through all the dies, it would reverse all the dies. Now, however,
4993 since we don't call reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we
4994 need a routine to recursively reverse all the dies. This is that
4998 reverse_all_dies (die
)
4999 register dw_die_ref die
;
5001 register dw_die_ref c
;
5003 reverse_die_lists (die
);
5005 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5006 reverse_all_dies (c
);
5009 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is
5010 the CU for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the
5011 DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this
5015 push_new_compile_unit (old_unit
, bincl_die
)
5016 dw_die_ref old_unit
, bincl_die
;
5018 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5019 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5020 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5024 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5027 pop_compile_unit (old_unit
)
5028 dw_die_ref old_unit
;
5030 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5031 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5035 #define PROCESS(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5036 #define PROCESS_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5038 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5041 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
)
5042 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5043 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5045 PROCESS (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5046 PROCESS (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5047 PROCESS (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5050 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5053 attr_checksum (at
, ctx
)
5055 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5057 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5060 PROCESS (at
->dw_attr
);
5062 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5063 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5064 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5065 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5066 || at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5069 switch (AT_class (at
))
5071 case dw_val_class_const
:
5072 PROCESS (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5074 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5075 PROCESS (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5077 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5078 PROCESS (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5080 case dw_val_class_float
:
5081 PROCESS (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
);
5083 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5084 PROCESS (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5087 case dw_val_class_str
:
5088 PROCESS_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5090 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5092 switch (GET_CODE (r
))
5095 PROCESS_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5103 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5104 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5105 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5108 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5109 if (AT_ref (at
)->die_offset
)
5110 PROCESS (AT_ref (at
)->die_offset
);
5111 /* FIXME else use target die name or something. */
5113 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5114 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5115 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5122 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5125 die_checksum (die
, ctx
)
5127 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5132 PROCESS (die
->die_tag
);
5134 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5135 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
);
5137 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5138 die_checksum (c
, ctx
);
5142 #undef PROCESS_STRING
5144 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5146 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
5148 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5149 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
5151 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5152 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5155 compute_section_prefix (unit_die
)
5156 dw_die_ref unit_die
;
5160 unsigned char checksum
[16];
5163 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
5164 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
);
5165 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
5167 p
= lbasename (get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
));
5168 name
= (char *) alloca (strlen (p
) + 64);
5169 sprintf (name
, "%s.", p
);
5171 clean_symbol_name (name
);
5173 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
5174 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; ++i
)
5176 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
5180 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
5181 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
5184 /* Returns nonzero iff DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5190 switch (die
->die_tag
)
5192 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
5193 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
5194 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
5195 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
5196 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
5197 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
5198 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
5199 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
5200 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
5201 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
5202 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
5203 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
5204 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
5205 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
5206 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
5207 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
5208 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
5215 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5216 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5217 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5218 compilations (functions). */
5225 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the
5226 main CU, as we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater
5227 likelihood of sharing between objects that don't include headers
5228 in the same order (and therefore would put the base types in a
5229 different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5230 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
5233 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
5234 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
5235 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
5236 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
5238 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
5239 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
5243 return is_type_die (c
);
5246 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5247 compilation unit. */
5253 if (is_type_die (c
))
5255 if (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
5256 && ! get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
))
5265 static int label_num
;
5266 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, "LDIE", label_num
++);
5267 return xstrdup (buf
);
5270 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5273 assign_symbol_names (die
)
5274 register dw_die_ref die
;
5276 register dw_die_ref c
;
5278 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
5280 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
5282 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
5283 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
5284 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
5285 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
5288 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ();
5291 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5292 assign_symbol_names (c
);
5295 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
5296 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
5297 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
5300 break_out_includes (die
)
5301 register dw_die_ref die
;
5304 register dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
5305 limbo_die_node
*node
;
5307 for (ptr
= &(die
->die_child
); *ptr
; )
5309 register dw_die_ref c
= *ptr
;
5311 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5312 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
5313 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
5315 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
5318 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
5320 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
5323 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
5325 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
5329 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
5333 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
5334 ptr
= &(c
->die_sib
);
5340 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
5341 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
5346 assign_symbol_names (die
);
5347 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
5349 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
5350 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
5354 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
5355 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
5356 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
5359 add_sibling_attributes (die
)
5360 register dw_die_ref die
;
5362 register dw_die_ref c
;
5364 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
5365 && die
->die_sib
&& die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5366 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
5367 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
5369 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5370 add_sibling_attributes (c
);
5373 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs)
5374 is encoded in an abbreviation table. This routine builds the
5375 abbreviation table and assigns a unique abbreviation id for
5376 each abbreviation entry. The children of each die are visited
5380 build_abbrev_table (die
)
5381 register dw_die_ref die
;
5383 register unsigned long abbrev_id
;
5384 register unsigned long n_alloc
;
5385 register dw_die_ref c
;
5386 register dw_attr_ref d_attr
, a_attr
;
5388 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
5389 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
5390 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
5392 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
5393 && AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_mark
== 0)
5395 if (AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_symbol
== 0)
5397 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr
, 1);
5401 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
5403 register dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
5405 if (abbrev
->die_tag
== die
->die_tag
)
5407 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) == (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
5409 a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
;
5410 d_attr
= die
->die_attr
;
5412 while (a_attr
!= NULL
&& d_attr
!= NULL
)
5414 if ((a_attr
->dw_attr
!= d_attr
->dw_attr
)
5415 || (value_format (a_attr
) != value_format (d_attr
)))
5418 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
5419 d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
5422 if (a_attr
== NULL
&& d_attr
== NULL
)
5428 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
5430 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
5432 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
5434 = (dw_die_ref
*) xrealloc (abbrev_die_table
,
5435 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
5437 memset ((char *) &abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
5438 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
5439 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
5442 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
5443 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
5446 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
5447 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5448 build_abbrev_table (c
);
5451 /* Return the size of a string, including the null byte.
5453 This used to treat backslashes as escapes, and hence they were not included
5454 in the count. However, that conflicts with what ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII does,
5455 which treats a backslash as a backslash, escaping it if necessary, and hence
5456 we must include them in the count. */
5458 static unsigned long
5459 size_of_string (str
)
5460 register const char *str
;
5462 return strlen (str
) + 1;
5465 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
5468 constant_size (value
)
5469 long unsigned value
;
5476 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
5479 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
5484 /* Return the size of a DIE, as it is represented in the
5485 .debug_info section. */
5487 static unsigned long
5489 register dw_die_ref die
;
5491 register unsigned long size
= 0;
5492 register dw_attr_ref a
;
5494 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
5495 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5497 switch (AT_class (a
))
5499 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5500 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
5502 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5504 register unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
5507 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
5511 case dw_val_class_const
:
5512 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
5514 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5515 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
5517 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5518 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
5520 case dw_val_class_float
:
5521 size
+= 1 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4; /* block */
5523 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5526 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5527 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5529 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5530 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5532 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5533 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
5535 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5536 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5538 case dw_val_class_str
:
5539 size
+= size_of_string (AT_string (a
));
5549 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE.
5550 Visits the DIE's children recursively. Updates the global
5551 variable next_die_offset, on each time through. Uses the
5552 current value of next_die_offset to update the die_offset
5553 field in each DIE. */
5556 calc_die_sizes (die
)
5559 register dw_die_ref c
;
5560 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
5561 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
5563 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5566 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5567 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
5568 next_die_offset
+= 1;
5571 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
5572 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
5573 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
5574 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
5580 register dw_die_ref c
;
5582 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5586 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
5592 register dw_die_ref c
;
5594 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5598 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
5599 compilation unit. */
5601 static unsigned long
5604 register unsigned long size
;
5605 register unsigned i
;
5607 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
5608 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; ++i
)
5610 register pubname_ref p
= &pubname_table
[i
];
5611 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ size_of_string (p
->name
);
5614 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
5618 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
5620 static unsigned long
5623 register unsigned long size
;
5625 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
5627 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
5628 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
5629 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
5631 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
5632 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
5636 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
5638 static enum dwarf_form
5642 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
5644 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5645 return DW_FORM_addr
;
5646 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5647 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
5650 return DW_FORM_block1
;
5652 return DW_FORM_block2
;
5656 case dw_val_class_const
:
5657 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
5658 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5659 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
5662 return DW_FORM_data1
;
5664 return DW_FORM_data2
;
5666 return DW_FORM_data4
;
5668 return DW_FORM_data8
;
5672 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5673 return DW_FORM_block1
;
5674 case dw_val_class_float
:
5675 return DW_FORM_block1
;
5676 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5677 return DW_FORM_flag
;
5678 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5679 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
5680 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
5683 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5684 return DW_FORM_data
;
5685 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5686 return DW_FORM_addr
;
5687 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5688 return DW_FORM_data
;
5689 case dw_val_class_str
:
5690 return DW_FORM_string
;
5696 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
5699 output_value_format (a
)
5702 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
5703 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
5706 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
5710 output_abbrev_section ()
5712 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
5715 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
5717 register dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
5719 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
5721 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
5722 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
5724 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5725 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
5727 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
5729 for (a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
; a_attr
!= NULL
;
5730 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
5732 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
5733 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
5734 output_value_format (a_attr
);
5737 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
5738 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
5741 /* Terminate the table. */
5742 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
5745 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
5748 output_die_symbol (die
)
5749 register dw_die_ref die
;
5751 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
5756 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
5757 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
5758 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
5760 ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
5761 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
5764 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
5765 the definitions of each child DIE. */
5769 register dw_die_ref die
;
5771 register dw_attr_ref a
;
5772 register dw_die_ref c
;
5773 register unsigned long size
;
5775 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
5776 them to point to. */
5777 if (die
->die_symbol
)
5778 output_die_symbol (die
);
5780 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
5781 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5783 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5785 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
5787 switch (AT_class (a
))
5789 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5790 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
5793 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5794 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
5796 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
5797 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
5799 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
5802 case dw_val_class_const
:
5803 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
5804 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
5805 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
5806 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
5809 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5810 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
5811 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
5814 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5816 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
5818 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
5821 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
5823 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
5824 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
5828 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
5829 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
5831 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
5832 first
, "long long constant");
5833 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
5838 case dw_val_class_float
:
5840 register unsigned int i
;
5842 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4,
5845 for (i
= 0; i
< a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
; ++i
)
5846 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
[i
],
5847 "fp constant word %u", i
);
5851 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5852 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
5855 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5856 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
5858 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
5861 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, "%s", name
);
5863 else if (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
== 0)
5866 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
5870 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5873 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
5874 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
5875 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, "%s", name
);
5879 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5880 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
5883 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5884 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
5887 case dw_val_class_str
:
5888 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
5896 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5899 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5901 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
5902 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
5907 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
5908 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
5911 output_compilation_unit_header ()
5913 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
5914 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
5916 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
5918 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
5919 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
5921 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
5924 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
5927 output_comp_unit (die
)
5930 const char *secname
;
5932 if (die
->die_child
== 0)
5935 /* Mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
5938 build_abbrev_table (die
);
5940 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
5941 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
5942 calc_die_sizes (die
);
5944 if (die
->die_symbol
)
5946 char *tmp
= (char *) alloca (strlen (die
->die_symbol
) + 24);
5947 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", die
->die_symbol
);
5949 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
5952 secname
= (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
;
5954 /* Output debugging information. */
5955 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file
, secname
);
5956 output_compilation_unit_header ();
5959 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
5961 if (die
->die_symbol
)
5965 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The output
5966 of decl_printable_name for C++ looks like "A::f(int)". Let's drop the
5967 argument list, and maybe the scope. */
5970 dwarf2_name (decl
, scope
)
5974 return (*decl_printable_name
) (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
5977 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
5980 add_pubname (decl
, die
)
5986 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
5989 if (pubname_table_in_use
== pubname_table_allocated
)
5991 pubname_table_allocated
+= PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
5992 pubname_table
= (pubname_ref
) xrealloc
5993 (pubname_table
, pubname_table_allocated
* sizeof (pubname_entry
));
5996 p
= &pubname_table
[pubname_table_in_use
++];
5999 p
->name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
6002 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
6003 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
6004 visible procedures. */
6009 register unsigned i
;
6010 register unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames ();
6012 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
6013 "Length of Public Names Info");
6015 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6017 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6018 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6020 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
6021 "Compilation Unit Length");
6023 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; ++i
)
6025 register pubname_ref pub
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6027 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6028 if (pub
->die
->die_mark
== 0)
6031 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
6034 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
6037 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6040 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
6043 add_arange (decl
, die
)
6047 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
6050 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
6052 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6054 = (arange_ref
) xrealloc (arange_table
,
6055 arange_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6058 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
6061 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
6062 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
6063 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
6068 register unsigned i
;
6069 register unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
6071 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
6072 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
6074 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6076 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6077 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6079 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
6081 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
6083 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
6084 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
6086 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
6088 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
6089 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
6090 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
6091 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
6094 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
6095 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
6096 text_section_label
, "Length");
6098 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; ++i
)
6100 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
6102 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6103 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
6106 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
6108 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
6110 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
6111 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
6115 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
6116 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
6117 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
6119 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
6120 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
6121 if (! a
|| AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_loc
)
6125 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_addr
)
6128 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
6129 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
6130 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
6131 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
6136 /* Output the terminator words. */
6137 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6138 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6142 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
6145 char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
6146 char *fname
; /* File name part. */
6147 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
6148 int file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
6149 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
6152 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
6156 char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
6157 int length
; /* Path length. */
6158 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
6159 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
6160 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
6161 int used
; /* Used in the end? */
6164 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
6165 the directories in the path. */
6167 file_info_cmp (p1
, p2
)
6171 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
6172 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
6176 /* Take care of file names without directories. */
6177 if (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
)
6179 else if (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
)
6182 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
6183 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
6189 /* Reached the end of the first path? */
6190 if (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
6191 /* It doesn't really matter in which order files from the
6192 same directory are sorted in. Therefore don't test for
6193 the second path reaching the end. */
6195 else if (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
6198 /* Character of current path component the same? */
6204 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
6205 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
6206 slowdowns with many input files. */
6208 output_file_names ()
6210 struct file_info
*files
;
6211 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
6220 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
6221 files
= (struct file_info
*) alloca (file_table
.in_use
6222 * sizeof (struct file_info
));
6223 dirs
= (struct dir_info
*) alloca (file_table
.in_use
6224 * sizeof (struct dir_info
));
6226 /* Sort the file names. */
6227 for (i
= 1; i
< (int) file_table
.in_use
; ++i
)
6231 /* Skip all leading "./". */
6232 f
= file_table
.table
[i
];
6233 while (f
[0] == '.' && f
[1] == '/')
6236 /* Create a new array entry. */
6238 files
[i
].length
= strlen (f
);
6239 files
[i
].file_idx
= i
;
6241 /* Search for the file name part. */
6242 f
= strrchr (f
, '/');
6243 files
[i
].fname
= f
== NULL
? files
[i
].path
: f
+ 1;
6245 qsort (files
+ 1, file_table
.in_use
- 1, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
6247 /* Find all the different directories used. */
6248 dirs
[0].path
= files
[1].path
;
6249 dirs
[0].length
= files
[1].fname
- files
[1].path
;
6250 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
6252 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
6254 files
[1].dir_idx
= 0;
6257 for (i
= 2; i
< (int) file_table
.in_use
; ++i
)
6258 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
6259 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
6260 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
6262 /* Same directory as last entry. */
6263 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
6264 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
6270 /* This is a new directory. */
6271 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
6272 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
6273 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
6274 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
6275 dirs
[ndirs
].used
= 0;
6276 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
6278 /* Search for a prefix. */
6279 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
6280 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; ++j
)
6281 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
6282 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
6283 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
6284 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
6285 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
6286 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
6291 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the
6292 directories which allow expressing the file name using references
6293 to the directory table with the least amount of characters. We
6294 do not do an exhaustive search where we would have to check out
6295 every combination of every single possible prefix. Instead we
6296 use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal results in most
6297 cases and never is much off. */
6298 saved
= (int *) alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
6299 savehere
= (int *) alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
6301 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
6302 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; ++i
)
6307 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But
6308 this does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the
6310 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
6311 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
6313 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; ++j
)
6317 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
6319 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
6324 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= i
)
6329 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
6330 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
6332 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
6333 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
6338 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
6340 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
6342 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
6343 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; ++j
)
6344 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
6346 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
6347 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
6349 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
6350 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
6355 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table
6356 array since the index is used in the debug info generation. To
6357 do this efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices
6359 backmap
= (int *) alloca (file_table
.in_use
* sizeof (int));
6360 for (i
= 1; i
< (int) file_table
.in_use
; ++i
)
6362 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
] = i
;
6363 /* Mark this directory as used. */
6364 dirs
[dirs
[files
[i
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
].used
= 1;
6367 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First the
6368 directory name table. Here we have to make sure that the first
6369 actually emitted directory name has the index one. Zero is
6370 reserved for the current working directory. Make sure we do not
6371 confuse these indices with the one for the constructed table
6372 (even though most of the time they are identical). */
6374 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
6375 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; ++i
)
6376 if (dirs
[i
].used
!= 0)
6378 dirs
[i
].used
= idx
++;
6379 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
6380 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs
[i
].used
);
6382 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
6384 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
6386 if (idx_offset
== 0)
6389 /* Now write all the file names. */
6390 for (i
= 1; i
< (int) file_table
.in_use
; ++i
)
6392 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
6393 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
6395 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
6396 "File Entry: 0x%x", i
);
6398 /* Include directory index. */
6399 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs
[dir_idx
].used
, NULL
);
6401 /* Modification time. */
6402 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
6404 /* File length in bytes. */
6405 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
6407 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
6411 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
6412 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
6417 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
6418 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6419 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6420 register unsigned opc
;
6421 register unsigned n_op_args
;
6422 register unsigned long lt_index
;
6423 register unsigned long current_line
;
6424 register long line_offset
;
6425 register long line_delta
;
6426 register unsigned long current_file
;
6427 register unsigned long function
;
6429 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
6430 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
6431 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
6432 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
6434 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
6435 "Length of Source Line Info");
6436 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
6438 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6440 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
6441 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
6443 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH
,
6444 "Minimum Instruction Length");
6446 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
6447 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
6449 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
6450 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
6452 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
6453 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
6455 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
6456 "Special Opcode Base");
6458 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; ++opc
)
6462 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
6463 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
6464 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
6465 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
6466 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
6474 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
6478 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
6479 output_file_names ();
6480 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
6482 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
6483 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
6484 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
6486 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
6487 a series of state machine operations. */
6490 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
6491 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
6493 register dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
6496 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
6497 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
6500 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
6501 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
6502 that anything after the last address is this line. */
6503 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
6504 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
6508 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
6510 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
6511 use the most general form. Gcc does not know the address delta
6512 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
6513 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
6514 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
6515 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
6517 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
6520 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
6521 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
6522 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
6523 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
6527 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
6528 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
6529 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
6530 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
6531 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
6532 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
6534 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
6536 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
6537 different from the previous line. */
6538 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
6540 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
6541 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
6542 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
6543 file_table
.table
[current_file
]);
6546 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
6547 that uses the least amount of space. */
6548 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
6550 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
6551 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
6552 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
6553 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
6555 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
6556 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
6558 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
6559 "line %lu", current_line
);
6563 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
6564 depending on the value being encoded. */
6565 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
6566 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
6567 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
6568 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
6573 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
6574 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
6578 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
6581 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
6582 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
6583 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
6587 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
6588 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
6589 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
6590 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
6593 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
6594 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
6595 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
6600 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
6602 register dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
6603 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
6606 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
6607 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
6608 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
6609 && line_info
->function
== function
)
6613 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
6614 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
6615 to handle it differently. */
6616 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
6618 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
6620 function
= line_info
->function
;
6622 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function */
6623 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
6624 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
6625 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
6626 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
6630 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
6633 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
6634 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
6635 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
6639 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
6640 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
6641 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
6642 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
6645 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
6647 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
6648 different from the previous line. */
6649 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
6651 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
6652 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
6653 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
6654 file_table
.table
[current_file
]);
6657 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
6658 that uses the least amount of space. */
6659 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
6661 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
6662 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
6663 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
6664 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
6665 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
6666 "line %lu", current_line
);
6669 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
6670 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
6671 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
6672 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
6676 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
6683 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
6684 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
6685 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
6690 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
6691 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
6694 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
6695 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
6696 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
6700 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
6701 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
6702 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
6703 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
6706 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
6707 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
6708 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
6709 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
6713 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
6714 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
6717 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
6718 a DIE that describes the given type.
6720 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
6721 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
6724 base_type_die (type
)
6727 register dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
6728 register const char *type_name
;
6729 register enum dwarf_type encoding
;
6730 register tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
6732 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
6733 || TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
6738 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
6739 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
6741 type_name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
);
6744 type_name
= "__unknown__";
6746 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
6749 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
6750 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
6751 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
6753 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type
) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
6754 && (type
== char_type_node
6755 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "signed char")
6756 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "unsigned char"))))
6758 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
6759 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
6761 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
6764 /* else fall through. */
6767 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
6768 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
6769 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
6771 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
6775 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
6778 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
6779 a user defined type for it. */
6781 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
6782 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
6784 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
6788 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
6789 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
6793 abort (); /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
6796 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
);
6797 if (demangle_name_func
)
6798 type_name
= (*demangle_name_func
) (type_name
);
6800 add_AT_string (base_type_result
, DW_AT_name
, type_name
);
6801 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
6802 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
6803 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
6805 return base_type_result
;
6808 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
6809 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
6810 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
6811 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
6812 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
6813 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
6814 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
6815 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
6821 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
6822 return error_mark_node
;
6824 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
6827 return error_mark_node
;
6830 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
6831 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
6834 return type_main_variant (type
);
6838 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return non-zero if the
6839 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
6845 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
6860 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
6865 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
6879 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
6880 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
6883 modified_type_die (type
, is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
, context_die
)
6885 register int is_const_type
;
6886 register int is_volatile_type
;
6887 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
6889 register enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
6890 register dw_die_ref mod_type_die
= NULL
;
6891 register dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
6892 register tree item_type
= NULL
;
6894 if (code
!= ERROR_MARK
)
6896 tree qualified_type
;
6898 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
6901 = get_qualified_type (type
,
6902 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
6904 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
6905 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
6908 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
6910 return mod_type_die
;
6913 /* Handle C typedef types. */
6914 if (qualified_type
&& TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
6915 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
6916 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)))
6918 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
);
6919 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (type_name
);
6920 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
6922 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
6923 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
6924 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
6927 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
6928 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
))
6929 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
6930 type to which it refers. */
6932 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name
),
6933 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
6935 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
6941 else if (is_const_type
)
6943 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
);
6944 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
6946 else if (is_volatile_type
)
6948 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
);
6949 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
6951 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
6953 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
);
6954 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
6956 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
6958 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
6960 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
6962 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
);
6963 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
6965 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
6967 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
6969 else if (is_base_type (type
))
6970 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
6973 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
6975 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
6976 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
6977 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
6978 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
6979 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
6981 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
6982 if (mod_type_die
== NULL
)
6987 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, mod_type_die
);
6989 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
6990 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
6991 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
6992 types are possible in Ada. */
6993 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
6994 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
6995 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
6998 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
6999 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
7001 return mod_type_die
;
7004 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
7005 an enumerated type. */
7011 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
7014 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
7020 register unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
7022 if (regno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
7024 warning ("internal regno botch: regno = %d\n", regno
);
7028 regno
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
7032 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register. */
7034 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7035 reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
)
7038 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
7039 register unsigned reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
7042 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ reg
, 0, 0);
7044 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, reg
, 0);
7049 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
7051 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7052 int_loc_descriptor (i
)
7055 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
7057 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
7058 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
7062 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
7065 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
7067 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
7077 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
7079 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
7080 || i
>= -0x80000000)
7086 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
7089 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
7091 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7092 based_loc_descr (reg
, offset
)
7096 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
7097 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
7098 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
7100 register unsigned fp_reg
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
7101 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
7102 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
7105 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
7107 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
, offset
, 0);
7109 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
7114 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
7120 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
7121 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == REG
7122 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
7125 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
7126 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
7127 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
7128 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
7130 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
7131 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
7132 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
7133 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
7135 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
7136 autoincrement addressing modes. */
7138 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7139 mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
)
7141 enum machine_mode mode
;
7143 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
7144 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
7145 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
7146 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
7147 zeroth element of the array. */
7149 #ifdef ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR
7150 rtl
= ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR (rtl
);
7153 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
7158 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
7159 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
7164 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
7165 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
7166 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
7167 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
7168 contains the given subreg. */
7169 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
7174 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
7175 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
7176 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
7177 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
7178 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
7179 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
7180 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
7181 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
7182 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
7183 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
7184 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
7185 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
7186 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
7187 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl
), 0);
7191 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
7192 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
7196 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
7197 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
7201 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool can be referenced
7202 by a different symbol. */
7203 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
7204 && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
7206 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant (rtl
);
7207 /* Doesn't work for floating point constants. */
7208 if (! (GET_CODE (tmp
) == CONST_DOUBLE
&& GET_MODE (tmp
) != VOIDmode
))
7213 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
7214 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
7215 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= save_rtx (rtl
);
7219 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
7220 PLUS code bellow. */
7221 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
7226 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
7228 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
7229 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
7230 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
7231 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
7237 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
7238 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
7239 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
7242 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
7244 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
7245 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
7247 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
7248 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
7249 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
7253 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
7254 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
));
7255 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
7256 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
7262 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
7263 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
7264 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
7265 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
));
7266 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
7267 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
));
7268 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
7272 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
7279 return mem_loc_result
;
7282 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
7283 This is typically a complex variable. */
7285 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7286 concat_loc_descriptor (x0
, x1
)
7287 register rtx x0
, x1
;
7289 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
7291 if (!is_pseudo_reg (x0
)
7292 && (GET_CODE (x0
) != MEM
|| !is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (x0
, 0))))
7293 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, loc_descriptor (x0
));
7294 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
7295 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)), 0));
7297 if (!is_pseudo_reg (x1
)
7298 && (GET_CODE (x1
) != MEM
|| !is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (x1
, 0))))
7299 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, loc_descriptor (x1
));
7300 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
7301 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)), 0));
7303 return cc_loc_result
;
7306 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
7307 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
7308 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
7309 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
7310 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack. */
7312 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7313 loc_descriptor (rtl
)
7316 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
7317 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
7320 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
7321 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
7322 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
7323 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
7324 contains the given subreg. */
7325 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
7330 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
7334 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
7338 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
7348 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl.
7349 This comes up particularly with variable length arrays. */
7351 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7352 loc_descriptor_from_tree (loc
, addressp
)
7356 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= NULL
;
7357 int indirect_size
= 0;
7358 int unsignedp
= TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
7359 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
7361 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
7362 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
7365 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
7370 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR
:
7371 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
7372 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
7373 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
7374 the names of types. */
7380 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
7381 enum machine_mode mode
= DECL_MODE (loc
);
7383 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
7385 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
7387 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
7388 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
7389 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
7390 indirect_size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
7394 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
7396 indirect_size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
7397 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
7399 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
7405 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
7406 indirect_size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (loc
)));
7411 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
7413 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
);
7420 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
7421 enum machine_mode mode
;
7423 unsigned int alignment
;
7425 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
7426 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, &alignment
);
7427 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj
, 1);
7429 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
7431 /* Variable offset. */
7432 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset
, 0));
7433 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
7438 /* We cannot address anything not on a unit boundary. */
7439 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
7444 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0
7445 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
7447 /* ??? We could handle this by loading and shifting etc.
7448 Wait until someone needs it before expending the effort. */
7452 indirect_size
= bitsize
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
7455 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
7457 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
7458 else if (bytepos
< 0)
7460 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
7461 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
7467 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
7468 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
7480 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
7486 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
7496 op
= (unsignedp
? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
7499 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
7500 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
7502 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
7503 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
7504 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
7505 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
7513 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
7518 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
7523 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
7528 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
7540 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
7541 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0));
7542 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
7556 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
7557 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
7561 loc
= build (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
7562 build (LT_EXPR
, integer_type_node
,
7563 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
7564 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
7569 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
7571 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
7572 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
7573 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
7575 tmp
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
7576 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
7577 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
7578 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
7580 tmp
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
7581 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
7582 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
7583 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
7585 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
7586 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
7587 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
7588 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
7589 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
7597 /* If we can't fill the request for an address, die. */
7598 if (addressp
&& indirect_size
== 0)
7601 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
7602 if (!addressp
&& indirect_size
> 0)
7604 if (indirect_size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
7606 if (indirect_size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
7609 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
7610 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, indirect_size
, 0));
7616 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
7617 which is not less than the value itself. */
7619 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
7620 ceiling (value
, boundary
)
7621 HOST_WIDE_INT value
;
7622 unsigned int boundary
;
7624 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
7627 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
7628 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
7629 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
7638 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7639 return integer_type_node
;
7641 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
7642 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
7643 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
7648 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
7649 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
7650 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
7652 static inline unsigned
7653 simple_type_align_in_bits (type
)
7656 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
7659 static inline unsigned
7660 simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
)
7663 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
7666 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
7667 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
7668 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
7669 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
7672 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7673 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
)
7676 tree type_size_tree
;
7678 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7679 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
7680 type_size_tree
= TYPE_SIZE (type
);
7682 if (type_size_tree
== NULL_TREE
)
7684 if (! host_integerp (type_size_tree
, 1))
7685 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
7686 return tree_low_cst (type_size_tree
, 1);
7689 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, compute and
7690 return the byte offset of the lowest addressed byte of the "containing
7691 object" for the given FIELD_DECL, or return 0 if we are unable to
7692 determine what that offset is, either because the argument turns out to
7693 be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or because the offset is actually
7694 variable. (We can't handle the latter case just yet). */
7696 static HOST_WIDE_INT
7697 field_byte_offset (decl
)
7700 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
7701 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
7702 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
7703 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
7704 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
;
7706 tree field_size_tree
;
7707 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
7708 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
7709 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
7711 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7714 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
7717 type
= field_type (decl
);
7718 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
7720 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
7721 a flexible array member. */
7722 if (! field_size_tree
)
7723 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
7725 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
7726 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
7727 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
7728 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
7731 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
7733 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
7734 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
7735 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
7737 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
7739 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
7740 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
7741 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
7743 /* Note that the GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of
7744 the starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
7745 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-
7746 field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the start of the
7747 "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce this information on
7748 our own. This can be rather tricky to do in some cases. For example,
7749 handling the following structure type definition when compiling for an
7750 i386/i486 target (which only aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries)
7753 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
7755 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be
7756 used in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate
7757 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon
7758 one simple rule for bit-field allocation. Quite simply, GCC allocates
7759 each "containing object" for each bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest
7760 addressed) legitimate alignment boundary (based upon the required
7761 minimum alignment for the declared type of the field) which it can
7762 possibly use, subject to the condition that there is still enough
7763 available space remaining in the containing object (when allocated at
7764 the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the bits of the
7765 bit-field itself. This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates
7766 8 bytes for each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
7767 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the
7768 compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each
7769 successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to
7770 allocate that 64- bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and
7771 previously unallocated) bits remain within that selected 64 bit field.
7772 (As it turns out, for the example above, the compiler finds that it is
7773 OK to allocate the "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero
7774 within the structure type.) Here we attempt to work backwards from the
7775 limited set of facts we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts,
7776 where GCC must have believed that the containing object started (within
7777 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the callers of
7778 this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes
7779 for fields (both bit-fields and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular
7782 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
7783 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
7784 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
7786 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
7787 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
7788 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
7790 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
7791 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
7792 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
7793 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
7795 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
7797 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
7798 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
7800 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
7801 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
7802 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
7803 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
7806 object_offset_in_bytes
= object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
7808 return object_offset_in_bytes
;
7811 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
7812 associated with them. */
7814 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
7816 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
7817 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
7818 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
7821 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr_kind
, rtl
)
7823 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
7826 /* Handle a special case. If we are about to output a location descriptor
7827 for a variable or parameter which has been optimized out of existence,
7828 don't do that. A variable which has been optimized out
7829 of existence will have a DECL_RTL value which denotes a pseudo-reg.
7830 Currently, in some rare cases, variables can have DECL_RTL values which
7831 look like (MEM (REG pseudo-reg#)). These cases are due to bugs
7832 elsewhere in the compiler. We treat such cases as if the variable(s) in
7833 question had been optimized out of existence. */
7835 if (is_pseudo_reg (rtl
)
7836 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
7837 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
7838 /* This can happen for a PARM_DECL with a DECL_INCOMING_RTL which
7839 references the internal argument pointer (a pseudo) in a function
7840 where all references to the internal argument pointer were
7841 eliminated via the optimizers. */
7842 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
7843 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == PLUS
7844 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0)))
7845 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONCAT
7846 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
7847 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl
, 1))))
7850 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, loc_descriptor (rtl
));
7853 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data
7854 members of struct and union types. In the special case of a
7855 FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, the "offset" part
7856 of this special location descriptor must indicate the distance
7857 in bytes from the lowest-addressed byte of the containing struct
7858 or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of the "containing
7859 object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset' function
7860 above).. For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a
7861 hypothetical object (of some integral or enum type) within which
7862 the given bit-field lives. The type of this hypothetical
7863 "containing object" is always the same as the declared type of
7864 the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the DWARF
7865 spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size
7866 (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will
7867 be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
7868 (See the `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used
7869 when calculating the value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute.
7870 (See the `bit_offset_attribute' function below). */
7873 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, decl
)
7874 register dw_die_ref die
;
7877 register unsigned long offset
;
7878 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
;
7879 register enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
7881 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_VEC
)
7882 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
7884 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
7886 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure address
7887 is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field address
7888 by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
7890 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7891 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst operator
7892 correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the stack. */
7895 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
7898 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
7899 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
7902 /* Attach an DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
7903 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
7904 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
7905 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
7906 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
7909 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
)
7910 register dw_die_ref die
;
7913 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
7916 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer
7917 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever
7918 the constant will fit into a single word. In all such
7919 cases, the original mode of the constant value is wiped
7920 out, and the CONST_INT rtx is assigned VOIDmode. */
7922 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
7924 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
7927 if ((long) val
!= val
)
7929 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (long) val
);
7933 if ((unsigned long) val
!= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
)
7935 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned long) val
);
7941 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
7942 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
7943 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
7944 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
7946 register enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
7948 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
7950 register unsigned length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) / 4;
7951 long *array
= (long *) xmalloc (sizeof (long) * length
);
7954 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
7958 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv
, array
[0]);
7962 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv
, array
);
7967 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (rv
, array
);
7974 add_AT_float (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, array
);
7978 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
7979 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
!= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
7981 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
7982 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
7988 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
7994 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, save_rtx (rtl
));
7998 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
7999 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
8000 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
8001 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
8002 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
8003 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
8004 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
8005 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
8006 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
8007 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
8008 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
8012 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
8019 rtl_for_decl_location (decl
)
8024 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
8025 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
8026 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
8028 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
8029 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
8030 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
8031 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
8032 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
8033 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
8034 referenced within the function.
8036 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
8037 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
8038 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
8039 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
8041 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
8042 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
8043 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
8044 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
8045 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
8046 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
8048 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
8049 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
8050 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
8051 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
8052 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
8053 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
8054 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
8055 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
8056 output at debug-time.
8058 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
8059 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
8060 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
8061 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
8062 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
8063 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
8064 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
8065 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
8066 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
8067 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
8068 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
8069 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
8070 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
8072 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
8073 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between
8074 the end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that
8075 as best as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is
8076 modified sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack
8077 backtrace (at debug-time) will show the function as having been
8078 called with the *new* value rather than the value which was
8079 originally passed in. This happens rarely enough that it is not
8080 a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and I'd like to fix it.
8082 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional
8083 attributes for any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will
8084 describe the "passed type" and the "passed location" for the
8085 given formal parameter in addition to the attributes we now
8086 generate to indicate the "declared type" and the "active
8087 location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
8088 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note
8089 that sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be
8090 NULL also. This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of
8091 inline function formal parameters which are never referenced.
8092 This really shouldn't be happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should
8093 get valid non-NULL DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c
8094 doesn't currently generate these values for inlined instances of
8095 inline function parameters, so when we see such cases, we are
8096 just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
8099 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
8100 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
8102 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
8104 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
8106 tree declared_type
= type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
8107 tree passed_type
= type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
));
8109 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
8110 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
8111 all* cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
8112 if (declared_type
== passed_type
)
8113 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
8114 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
8115 && TREE_CODE (declared_type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
8116 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type
))
8117 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type
))))
8118 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
8121 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
8122 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
8123 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
8124 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
8125 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
8126 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
8128 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
8129 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
8130 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
8131 /* Not passed in memory. */
8132 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)) != MEM
8133 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
8134 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != REG
8135 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8136 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
8137 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8138 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
8141 /* Big endian correction check. */
8143 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
8144 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
8147 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
8148 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
8149 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
8150 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
8154 if (rtl
!= NULL_RTX
)
8156 rtl
= eliminate_regs (rtl
, 0, NULL_RTX
);
8157 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8158 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
8159 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl
);
8166 /* Generate *either* an DW_AT_location attribute or else an DW_AT_const_value
8167 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
8168 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
8169 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
8170 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
8171 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
8172 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
8173 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
8174 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
8175 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
8178 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die
, decl
)
8179 register dw_die_ref die
;
8184 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8187 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
)
8190 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
8191 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8194 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8197 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away; don't emit
8208 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
8209 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
8216 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, rtl
);
8224 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
8225 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
8226 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
8229 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
)
8233 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
8234 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
8236 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
8237 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
) == null_pointer_node
)
8242 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8245 if (host_integerp (init
, 0))
8246 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
8247 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init
));
8249 add_AT_long_long (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
8250 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init
),
8251 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init
));
8258 /* Generate an DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
8259 the value of the attribute. */
8262 add_name_attribute (die
, name_string
)
8263 register dw_die_ref die
;
8264 register const char *name_string
;
8266 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
8268 if (demangle_name_func
)
8269 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
8271 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
8275 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
8276 a representation for that bound. */
8279 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, bound
)
8280 register dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
8281 register enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
;
8282 register tree bound
;
8284 /* If this is an Ada unconstrained array type, then don't emit any debug
8285 info because the array bounds are unknown. They are parameterized when
8286 the type is instantiated. */
8287 if (contains_placeholder_p (bound
))
8290 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
8295 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
8297 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
8298 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
8299 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
8300 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
8301 /* use the default */
8304 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
8309 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
8310 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
8314 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
8315 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
8316 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
8317 points in the generated code right after they have just been
8318 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
8319 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
8320 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
8321 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
8322 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
8323 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
8324 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
8325 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
8326 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
8327 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
8328 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in a array
8329 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
8330 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
8331 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
8333 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
8334 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
8335 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
8336 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)
8337 && (! optimize
|| GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)) == MEM
))
8339 register dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
8340 register dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
);
8341 register rtx loc
= SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
);
8343 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
8344 it references an outer function's frame. */
8346 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == MEM
)
8348 rtx new_addr
= fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc
, 0), bound
);
8350 if (XEXP (loc
, 0) != new_addr
)
8351 loc
= gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc
), new_addr
);
8354 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
8355 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
8356 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
8357 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
8360 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
8366 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
8368 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
8369 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
8370 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
8371 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
8373 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
8374 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
8380 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
8381 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
8383 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
8384 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8386 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
, 0);
8390 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
8392 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
);
8393 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
8394 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
8395 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
8397 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
8403 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
8404 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
8407 add_subscript_info (type_die
, type
)
8408 register dw_die_ref type_die
;
8411 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8412 register unsigned dimension_number
;
8414 register tree lower
, upper
;
8415 register dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
8417 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
8418 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
8419 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
8420 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
8421 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
8422 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
8423 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
8424 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
8426 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
8427 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
8428 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
8429 gen_array_type_die. */
8430 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8431 for (dimension_number
= 0;
8432 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
8433 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
8436 register tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
8438 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
8439 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
8441 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
);
8444 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
8445 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
8446 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
8448 /* define the index type. */
8449 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
8451 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
8452 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
8453 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
8454 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
8455 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
8456 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
8457 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
8460 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
8464 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
8465 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
8467 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
8468 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
8469 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
8471 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
8473 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
8476 /* We have an array type with an unspecified length. The DWARF-2
8477 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
8481 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8487 add_byte_size_attribute (die
, tree_node
)
8489 register tree tree_node
;
8491 register unsigned size
;
8493 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
8501 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
8502 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
8505 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
8506 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
8507 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
8508 even for bit-fields. */
8509 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8515 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
8516 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
8517 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
8518 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
8520 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
8523 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
8524 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
8525 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
8528 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical
8529 object (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field
8530 lives. The type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the
8531 same as the declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The
8532 determination of the exact location of the "containing object" for a
8533 bit-field is rather complicated. It's handled by the
8534 `field_byte_offset' function (above).
8536 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
8537 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
8538 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
8541 add_bit_offset_attribute (die
, decl
)
8542 register dw_die_ref die
;
8545 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
8546 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
8547 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
8548 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
8549 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
8550 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
8552 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
8554 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
8557 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
8558 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
8559 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
8560 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
8561 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
8564 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
8566 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
8567 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
8568 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
8569 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
8570 below must take account of these differences. */
8571 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8572 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
8574 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
8576 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
8577 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
8581 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
8582 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
8583 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
8585 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
8588 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
8589 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
8592 add_bit_size_attribute (die
, decl
)
8593 register dw_die_ref die
;
8596 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
8597 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
8598 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
8601 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
8602 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
8605 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
8606 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
8609 add_prototyped_attribute (die
, func_type
)
8610 register dw_die_ref die
;
8611 register tree func_type
;
8613 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
8614 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
8615 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
8618 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
8619 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
8623 add_abstract_origin_attribute (die
, origin
)
8624 register dw_die_ref die
;
8625 register tree origin
;
8627 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
8629 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
8631 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
8632 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
8633 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
8635 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
8636 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
8639 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
8640 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
8642 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
8645 if (DECL_P (origin
))
8646 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
8647 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
8648 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
8650 if (origin_die
== NULL
)
8653 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
8656 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
8659 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (die
, func_decl
)
8660 register dw_die_ref die
;
8661 register tree func_decl
;
8663 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
8665 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
8667 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
8668 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
8669 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
8670 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
8673 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
8674 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
8675 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
8676 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
8680 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
8683 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
)
8684 register dw_die_ref die
;
8687 register unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
8689 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
8690 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
8693 /* Add an DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
8694 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
8697 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
)
8698 register dw_die_ref die
;
8701 register tree decl_name
;
8703 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
8704 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
8706 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
8707 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
8708 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
8710 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
8711 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
8712 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
8713 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
8714 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
8715 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
8719 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
8722 push_decl_scope (scope
)
8725 /* Make room in the decl_scope_table, if necessary. */
8726 if (decl_scope_table_allocated
== decl_scope_depth
)
8728 decl_scope_table_allocated
+= DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
8730 = (tree
*) xrealloc (decl_scope_table
,
8731 decl_scope_table_allocated
* sizeof (tree
));
8734 decl_scope_table
[decl_scope_depth
] = scope
;
8738 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
8742 if (decl_scope_depth
<= 0)
8747 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
8748 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
8749 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
8750 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
8751 the current active scope. */
8754 scope_die_for (t
, context_die
)
8756 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
8758 register dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
8759 register tree containing_scope
;
8762 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
8766 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
8768 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
8769 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
8770 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
8772 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
8773 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
8774 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
8775 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
8776 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
8778 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
8779 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
8780 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
8782 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
8783 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
8784 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
8786 for (i
= decl_scope_depth
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
8787 if (decl_scope_table
[i
] == containing_scope
)
8792 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
8793 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
))
8796 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
8797 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
8800 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
8803 scope_die
= context_die
;
8808 /* Returns nonzero iff CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
8810 static inline int local_scope_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
8812 local_scope_p (context_die
)
8813 dw_die_ref context_die
;
8815 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
8816 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
8817 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
8822 /* Returns nonzero iff CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
8824 static inline int class_scope_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
8826 class_scope_p (context_die
)
8827 dw_die_ref context_die
;
8830 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
8831 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
8834 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
8835 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
8836 by 'type', and adds an DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
8839 add_type_attribute (object_die
, type
, decl_const
, decl_volatile
, context_die
)
8840 register dw_die_ref object_die
;
8842 register int decl_const
;
8843 register int decl_volatile
;
8844 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
8846 register enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
8847 register dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
8849 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
8850 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
8851 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
8852 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
8853 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
8854 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
8855 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
8857 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
)
8860 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
8861 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
8862 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
8863 if (code
== VOID_TYPE
)
8866 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
8867 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
8868 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
8870 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
8871 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
8874 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
8875 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
8876 was declared without a tag. */
8882 register const char *name
= 0;
8884 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
8886 register tree t
= 0;
8888 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
8889 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
8890 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
8892 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
8893 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
8895 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
8896 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
8897 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
8899 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
8901 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
8904 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
8907 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
8908 for bit field types. */
8911 member_declared_type (member
)
8912 register tree member
;
8914 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
8915 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
8916 : TREE_TYPE (member
));
8919 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
8920 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
8924 decl_start_label (decl
)
8929 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
8930 if (GET_CODE (x
) != MEM
)
8934 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
8937 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
8942 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
8943 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
8944 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
8947 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
)
8949 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
8951 register dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
8952 register dw_die_ref array_die
;
8953 register tree element_type
;
8955 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
8956 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
8957 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
8958 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8959 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
8962 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
);
8965 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
8966 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
8967 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
8968 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
8969 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
8970 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
8971 for multidimensional arrays. */
8972 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
8975 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8976 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
8977 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
8978 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
8979 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
8982 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
8984 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
8985 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
8987 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
8988 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8990 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
8991 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
8992 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
8993 add_subscript_info. */
8994 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8995 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
8996 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
8998 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
9001 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
9005 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9007 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
9009 register dw_die_ref type_die
9010 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
));
9012 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
9013 add_type_attribute (type_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
9018 gen_entry_point_die (decl
, context_die
)
9020 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
9022 register tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
9023 register dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
);
9025 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
9028 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
9029 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
9033 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
9034 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
9036 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
9040 /* Remember a type in the incomplete_types_list. */
9043 add_incomplete_type (type
)
9046 if (incomplete_types
== incomplete_types_allocated
)
9048 incomplete_types_allocated
+= INCOMPLETE_TYPES_INCREMENT
;
9049 incomplete_types_list
9050 = (tree
*) xrealloc (incomplete_types_list
,
9051 sizeof (tree
) * incomplete_types_allocated
);
9054 incomplete_types_list
[incomplete_types
++] = type
;
9057 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
9058 emit full debugging info for them. */
9061 retry_incomplete_types ()
9065 while (incomplete_types
)
9068 type
= incomplete_types_list
[incomplete_types
];
9069 gen_type_die (type
, comp_unit_die
);
9073 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
9076 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9078 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
9080 register dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
9082 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9083 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9084 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
9087 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
9090 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9092 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
9094 register dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
);
9096 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9097 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9098 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
9101 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
9104 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9106 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
9108 register dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
);
9110 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9111 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9112 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
9115 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
9116 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
9117 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
9121 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9123 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
9125 register dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
9127 if (type_die
== NULL
)
9129 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
9130 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
));
9131 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
9132 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
9134 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
9137 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
9139 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
9140 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
9141 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
9142 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
9146 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
9147 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
9148 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
9149 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
9151 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
9152 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
9153 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
9154 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
9156 for (link
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
9157 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
9159 register dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
);
9161 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
9162 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
9164 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0))
9166 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link
)) < 0)
9167 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9168 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
9170 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9171 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
9176 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
9179 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
9180 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
9183 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
9184 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
9185 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
9186 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
9187 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
9188 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
9189 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
9190 argument type of some subprogram type. */
9193 gen_formal_parameter_die (node
, context_die
)
9195 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
9197 register dw_die_ref parm_die
9198 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
);
9199 register tree origin
;
9201 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
9204 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
9206 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
9209 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
9210 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
9211 TREE_READONLY (node
),
9212 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
9214 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
9215 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9218 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
9219 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
9220 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
);
9225 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
9226 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
9236 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
9237 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
9240 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl_or_type
, context_die
)
9241 register tree decl_or_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
9242 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
9244 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
);
9247 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
9248 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
9249 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
9250 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
9253 gen_formal_types_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
)
9254 register tree function_or_method_type
;
9255 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
9258 register tree formal_type
= NULL
;
9259 register tree first_parm_type
;
9262 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
9264 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
9265 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
9270 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
9272 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
9273 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
9274 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
9276 register dw_die_ref parm_die
;
9278 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
9279 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
9282 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
9283 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
9284 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
9285 && link
== first_parm_type
)
9286 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
9287 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9289 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
9291 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
9294 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
9295 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
9296 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
9297 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
9299 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
9300 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
9301 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
9303 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
9305 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
9306 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
9309 gen_type_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
9313 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
9314 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
9315 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
9316 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
9317 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
9320 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, member
, context_die
)
9322 dw_die_ref context_die
;
9324 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
9326 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
9327 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
9328 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
9329 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
9331 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member
))
9334 push_decl_scope (type
);
9335 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
9336 gen_subprogram_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
9338 gen_variable_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
9343 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance
9344 of a function which we may later generate inlined and/or
9345 out-of-line instances of. */
9348 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
)
9351 register dw_die_ref old_die
;
9354 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
9356 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
9357 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
9359 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
9360 if (old_die
&& get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
9361 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
9364 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
9365 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
9366 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
9368 gen_type_die_for_member
9369 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
9371 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
9372 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
9373 current_function_decl
= decl
;
9375 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
9376 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
9378 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
9380 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
9383 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
9387 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
)
9389 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
9391 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
9392 register tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
9393 register dw_die_ref subr_die
;
9394 register rtx fp_reg
;
9395 register tree fn_arg_types
;
9396 register tree outer_scope
;
9397 register dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
9398 register int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
9399 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
9401 /* Note that it is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and `declaration'
9402 be true, if we started to generate the abstract instance of an inline,
9403 decided to output its containing class, and proceeded to emit the
9404 declaration of the inline from the member list for the class. In that
9405 case, `declaration' takes priority; we'll get back to the abstract
9406 instance when we're done with the class. */
9408 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
9409 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
9418 if (declaration
&& ! local_scope_p (context_die
))
9421 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
9423 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
9424 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
9426 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
);
9427 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
9431 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
9433 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
9434 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
9435 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
9436 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
9437 && !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
9439 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
9440 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
9441 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
9442 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
9443 we got here because of a input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
9449 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
9450 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
9451 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
9452 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
9453 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
9454 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
9455 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
9456 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
9457 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
9458 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
9459 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
9460 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
)))))
9464 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
9465 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
9466 remove_children (subr_die
);
9470 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
);
9471 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
9472 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
9473 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
9474 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
9475 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
9477 (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
9482 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
);
9484 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
9485 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
9487 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
9488 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
9490 register tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9492 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
9493 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
9496 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
9497 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
9498 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9499 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
9500 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
9501 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
9502 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
9507 if (!(old_die
&& get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
)))
9509 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
9511 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
9512 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
9513 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
9514 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
9515 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
9516 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
9519 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
9521 if (DECL_INLINE (decl
) && !flag_no_inline
)
9523 /* ??? Checking DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT is correct for static
9524 inline functions, but not for extern inline functions.
9525 We can't get this completely correct because information
9526 about whether the function was declared inline is not
9528 if (DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (decl
))
9529 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
9531 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
9534 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
9536 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
9538 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
9540 if (!(old_die
&& get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
)))
9541 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
9543 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
9544 current_funcdef_number
);
9545 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
9546 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
9547 current_funcdef_number
);
9548 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
9550 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
9551 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
9553 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9554 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
9555 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
9558 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
9559 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
9560 variables is relative to one of them. */
9562 = frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
: stack_pointer_rtx
;
9563 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg
));
9566 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
9567 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
9568 if (current_function_needs_context
)
9569 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
9570 lookup_static_chain (decl
));
9574 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
9575 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
9576 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
9577 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
9578 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
9579 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
9580 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
9581 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
9582 an ellipsis at the end. */
9584 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
9585 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
9586 its formal parameters. */
9587 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
9589 else if (declaration
)
9590 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
9593 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters */
9594 register tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
9597 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
9598 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
9599 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
9600 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
9602 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
9603 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
9604 "__builtin_va_alist"))
9605 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
9607 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
9610 /* Decide whether we need a unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
9611 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
9612 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
9613 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
9614 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
9615 parameters at all. */
9616 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
9617 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
9619 /* this is the prototyped case, check for ... */
9620 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
9621 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
9623 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
9624 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
9627 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
9628 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
9629 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9631 /* Note that here, `outer_scope' is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK
9632 node created to represent a function. This outermost BLOCK actually
9633 represents the outermost binding contour for the function, i.e. the
9634 contour in which the function's formal parameters and labels get
9635 declared. Curiously, it appears that the front end doesn't actually
9636 put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto the BLOCK_VARS
9637 list for this outer scope. (They are strung off of the DECL_ARGUMENTS
9638 list for the function instead.) The BLOCK_VARS list for the
9639 `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of the LABEL_DECL nodes for
9640 the function however, and we output DWARF info for those in
9641 decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be a BLOCK
9642 node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces, and
9643 any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
9644 constructor function. */
9645 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
9647 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
9648 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
9650 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
9651 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
9653 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
9654 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
9656 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
9657 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
9664 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
9667 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
)
9669 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
9671 register tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
9672 register dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
);
9674 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
9675 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
9676 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
9679 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
9680 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
9681 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag. */
9682 /* ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
9683 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
9685 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
)
9686 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
9688 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
9689 add_AT_die_ref (var_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
9690 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
9692 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
9694 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
9695 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
9697 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
9698 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
9700 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
,
9701 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
9706 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
9707 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
),
9708 TREE_READONLY (decl
),
9709 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
9711 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
9712 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
9714 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
9715 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9717 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
9718 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
9720 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
9721 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
9725 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
9727 if (class_scope_p (context_die
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
9728 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
9730 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
9732 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
9733 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
9736 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
9739 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
9742 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
)
9744 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
9746 register tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
9747 register dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
);
9749 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
9752 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
9754 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
9756 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
9757 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
9760 insn
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
9762 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
9763 eliminated because of various optimisations. We still emit them
9764 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
9765 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
9766 || ((GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
9767 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
)))
9769 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
9770 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
9771 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
9772 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
9773 it if it ever does happen. */
9774 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
))
9777 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
9778 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
9783 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
9786 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
9788 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
9791 register dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
);
9792 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
9794 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
9796 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
9797 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
9798 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
9799 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
9800 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
9801 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
9804 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
9807 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
9810 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
9812 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
9815 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
9817 register dw_die_ref subr_die
9818 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
);
9819 register tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
9820 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
9822 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. */
9823 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
9825 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
9826 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
9827 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
9828 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
9829 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
9830 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
9831 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
9832 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
9833 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
9837 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
9840 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
)
9842 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
9844 register dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
);
9846 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
9847 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
9848 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
9851 /* If this is a bit field... */
9852 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
9854 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
9855 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
9856 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
9859 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
9860 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
9862 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
9863 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9865 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
9866 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
9868 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
9869 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
9873 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
9874 Use modified_type_die instead.
9875 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
9876 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
9878 gen_pointer_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9880 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
9882 register dw_die_ref ptr_die
9883 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
));
9885 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
9886 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
9887 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
9890 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
9891 Use modified_type_die instead.
9892 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
9893 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
9895 gen_reference_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9897 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
9899 register dw_die_ref ref_die
9900 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
));
9902 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
9903 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
9904 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
9908 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
9910 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9912 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
9914 register dw_die_ref ptr_die
9915 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
));
9917 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
9918 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
9919 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
9920 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
9923 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
9926 gen_compile_unit_die (filename
)
9927 register const char *filename
;
9929 register dw_die_ref die
;
9931 const char *wd
= getpwd ();
9934 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
);
9935 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
9937 if (wd
!= NULL
&& filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
9938 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
9940 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
9942 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9943 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
9944 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
9945 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
9946 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
9947 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
9948 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
9949 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
9950 strcat (producer
, " -g");
9953 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
9955 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
9956 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
9957 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
9958 language
= DW_LANG_Ada83
;
9959 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
9960 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
9961 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
9962 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
9963 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
9964 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
9965 else if (flag_traditional
)
9966 language
= DW_LANG_C
;
9968 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
9970 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
9975 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
9978 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
)
9980 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
9982 register dw_die_ref type_die
9983 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
));
9985 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
9987 /* Fudge the string length attribute for now. */
9989 /* TODO: add string length info.
9990 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
9991 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u'); */
9994 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
9997 gen_inheritance_die (binfo
, context_die
)
9998 register tree binfo
;
9999 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
10001 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
);
10003 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10004 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
10006 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo
))
10007 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
10008 if (TREE_VIA_PUBLIC (binfo
))
10009 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
10010 else if (TREE_VIA_PROTECTED (binfo
))
10011 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10014 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
10017 gen_member_die (type
, context_die
)
10018 register tree type
;
10019 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
10021 register tree member
;
10024 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
10025 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
10026 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
10027 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
10028 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
10029 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type execpt
10030 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
10031 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
10032 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other
10033 (containing) type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type
10034 to point to the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing)
10037 /* First output info about the base classes. */
10038 if (TYPE_BINFO (type
) && TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type
))
10040 register tree bases
= TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type
);
10041 register int n_bases
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases
);
10044 for (i
= 0; i
< n_bases
; i
++)
10045 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases
, i
), context_die
);
10048 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
10049 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
10051 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
10052 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
10053 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
10054 do put them in the right order. */
10056 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
10058 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
10060 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
10063 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
10064 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
10066 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
10067 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
10070 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
10072 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
10074 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
10078 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
10079 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
10080 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
10083 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10084 register tree type
;
10085 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
10087 register dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
10088 register dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
10089 register int nested
= 0;
10090 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
10091 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
10092 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
10094 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
10097 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
10098 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
10101 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
10103 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
10104 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
10106 register dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
10108 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
10109 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
10111 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10113 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
10115 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
10118 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10120 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
10121 then give a list of members. */
10124 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
10125 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
10126 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10127 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10128 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
10129 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
10131 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10132 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10133 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10134 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
10136 push_decl_scope (type
);
10137 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
10140 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
10141 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
10143 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
10145 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
10146 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
10147 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
10152 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10154 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
10155 if (! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
10156 add_incomplete_type (type
);
10160 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
10163 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10164 register tree type
;
10165 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
10167 register tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10168 register dw_die_ref subr_die
10169 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
));
10171 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
10172 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
10173 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10174 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
10177 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition */
10180 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
)
10181 register tree decl
;
10182 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
10184 register dw_die_ref type_die
;
10185 register tree origin
;
10187 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
10189 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
10191 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
);
10192 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10193 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10194 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
10197 register tree type
;
10198 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
10199 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
10201 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
10203 if (type
== TREE_TYPE (decl
))
10206 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
10209 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
10210 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
10211 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
10214 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10215 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
10218 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
10221 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10222 register tree type
;
10223 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
10227 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
10230 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
10231 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so get the
10232 main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type now. */
10233 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
10235 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
10238 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
10239 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
10241 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10242 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
10246 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
10252 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
10253 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
10254 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
10255 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
10256 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
10258 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10260 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
10261 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
10262 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10266 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
10267 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
10268 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
10270 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
10271 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10273 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
10275 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10279 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
), context_die
);
10280 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10284 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10285 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
10288 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
10289 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
10290 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10291 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10295 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
10296 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10297 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10301 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == CHAR_TYPE
)
10303 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10304 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10307 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10311 gen_type_die (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10314 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
10317 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
10318 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been
10319 written out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too.
10320 This does not apply to instantiations of member class templates;
10321 they need to be added to the containing class as they are
10322 generated. FIXME: This hurts the idea of combining type decls
10323 from multiple TUs, since we can't predict what set of template
10324 instantiations we'll get. */
10325 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
10326 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
10327 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
10329 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
10331 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
10334 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
10335 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
10336 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
10342 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
10343 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10345 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10350 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
10351 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
10352 when appropriate. */
10361 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
10365 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
10372 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10375 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
10378 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (type
, context_die
)
10379 register tree type
;
10380 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
10382 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
10385 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
10386 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
10387 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
10389 if (type
!= type_main_variant (type
))
10392 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
10393 an instance of an unresolved type. */
10395 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
10400 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
10401 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10405 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10409 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
10410 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10418 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
10419 things which are local to the given block. */
10422 gen_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
10423 register tree stmt
;
10424 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
10427 register int must_output_die
= 0;
10428 register tree origin
;
10429 register tree decl
;
10430 register enum tree_code origin_code
;
10432 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
10434 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| !TREE_USED (stmt
)
10435 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)))
10438 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
10439 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
10440 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
10441 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
10442 the current block. */
10443 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
10444 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
10446 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
10448 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
10449 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
10450 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
10451 must_output_die
= 1;
10454 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
10455 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
10456 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the
10457 whole inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function
10458 doesn't really represent a different scope according to ANSI C
10459 rules. So we check here to make sure that this block does not
10460 represent a "body block inlining" before trying to set the
10461 `must_output_die' flag. */
10462 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
10464 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
10465 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
10466 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10467 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
10468 as being a "significant" one. */
10469 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
);
10471 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
10472 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
10473 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
10474 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
10475 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
10476 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
10478 must_output_die
= 1;
10484 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
10485 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
10486 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
10487 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
10488 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
10489 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
10490 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
10491 if (must_output_die
)
10493 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
10494 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
10496 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
10499 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
10502 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
10503 all of its sub-blocks. */
10506 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
10507 register tree stmt
;
10508 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
10511 register tree decl
;
10512 register tree subblocks
;
10514 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
10515 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| ! TREE_USED (stmt
))
10518 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
10519 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
10520 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
10521 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
10522 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
10523 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
10525 register dw_die_ref die
;
10527 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10528 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10529 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
10530 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10534 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10535 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
10537 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
10540 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
10541 therein) of this block. */
10542 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
10544 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
10545 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
10548 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
10551 is_redundant_typedef (decl
)
10552 register tree decl
;
10554 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
10557 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
10558 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
10559 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
10560 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
10561 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
10562 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
10568 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
10571 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
)
10572 register tree decl
;
10573 register dw_die_ref context_die
;
10575 register tree origin
;
10577 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
10580 /* If this ..._DECL node is marked to be ignored, then ignore it. */
10581 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
10584 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
10587 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
10588 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
10591 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
10592 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
10593 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
10594 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
10595 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
10598 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
10599 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
10600 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
10601 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
10602 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
10603 else if (DECL_INLINE (decl
) && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
10604 && ! class_scope_p (context_die
)
10605 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
10606 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
10607 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
10608 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
10610 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
10611 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
10613 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
10614 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10616 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
10617 have described its return type. */
10618 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
10620 /* And its virtual context. */
10621 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
10622 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
10624 /* And its containing type. */
10625 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
10626 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
10627 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
10630 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
10631 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
10635 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
10636 actual typedefs. */
10637 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10640 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the
10641 declaration of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as
10642 having been instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node
10643 (e.g. one which was generated within the original definition of an
10644 inline function) we have to generate a special (abbreviated)
10645 DW_TAG_structure_type, DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type
10647 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
10649 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
10653 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
10654 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
10656 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
10657 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
10661 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
10662 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
10666 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
10667 variable declarations or definitions. */
10668 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10671 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
10673 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
10675 /* And its containing type. */
10676 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
10677 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
10678 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
10680 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
10681 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
10682 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
10684 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10685 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
10686 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
10688 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
10692 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits, but
10693 handle C++ anonymous unions. */
10694 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
10695 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
)
10697 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
10698 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
10703 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
10704 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
10707 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
10708 /* Ignore for now. */
10716 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
10719 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (filename
, context_list
)
10720 const char *filename
;
10721 const char *context_list
;
10723 unsigned int file_index
;
10725 if (filename
!= NULL
)
10727 dw_die_ref unit_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_module
, comp_unit_die
);
10728 tree context_list_decl
10729 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL
, get_identifier (context_list
),
10732 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl
) = TRUE
;
10733 add_name_attribute (unit_die
, context_list
);
10734 file_index
= lookup_filename (filename
);
10735 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10736 add_pubname (context_list_decl
, unit_die
);
10740 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
10743 dwarf2out_decl (decl
)
10744 register tree decl
;
10746 register dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10748 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
10751 /* If this ..._DECL node is marked to be ignored, then ignore it. */
10752 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
10755 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
10757 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
10758 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
10759 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
10760 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
10761 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl
))
10764 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
10765 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
10766 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
10767 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
10768 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
10769 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
10770 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
10771 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
10772 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
10773 with the definition of the function. Note that we can't just check
10774 `DECL_EXTERNAL' to find out which FUNCTION_DECL nodes represent
10775 definitions and which ones represent mere declarations. We have to
10776 check `DECL_INITIAL' instead. That's because the C front-end
10777 supports some weird semantics for "extern inline" function
10778 definitions. These can get inlined within the current translation
10779 unit (an thus, we need to generate DWARF info for their abstract
10780 instances so that the DWARF info for the concrete inlined instances
10781 can have something to refer to) but the compiler never generates any
10782 out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact that they
10783 *are* definitions). The important point is that the C front-end
10784 marks these "extern inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need
10785 to generate DWARF for them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also
10786 plays some similar games for inline function definitions appearing
10787 within include files which also contain
10788 `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
10789 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
10792 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
10793 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
10794 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
10795 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
10796 context_die
= NULL
;
10801 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
10802 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
10803 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
10804 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
10805 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
10806 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
10807 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
10808 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
10809 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
10812 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
10813 variable declarations or definitions. */
10814 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10819 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
10820 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
10823 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
10824 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
10825 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
) == 0)
10827 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
10828 comparisons have. */
10829 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
10830 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
)
10831 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
)
10832 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
10837 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
10838 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10841 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
10842 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
10843 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
10844 context_die
= NULL
;
10852 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
10855 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
10856 a lexical block. */
10859 dwarf2out_begin_block (blocknum
)
10860 register unsigned blocknum
;
10862 function_section (current_function_decl
);
10863 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
10866 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
10870 dwarf2out_end_block (blocknum
)
10871 register unsigned blocknum
;
10873 function_section (current_function_decl
);
10874 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
10877 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
10878 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
10880 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
10881 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
10882 we may end up calling them anyway. */
10885 dwarf2out_ignore_block (block
)
10889 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
10890 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
10891 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
10896 /* Lookup a filename (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
10897 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
10898 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename.
10899 We need such numbers for the sake of generating labels
10900 (in the .debug_sfnames section) and references to those
10901 files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo and.debug_macinfo sections).
10902 If the filename given as an argument is not found in our current list,
10903 add it to the list and assign it the next available unique index number.
10904 In order to speed up searches, we remember the index of the filename
10905 was looked up last. This handles the majority of all searches. */
10908 lookup_filename (file_name
)
10909 const char *file_name
;
10911 register unsigned i
;
10913 /* ??? Why isn't DECL_SOURCE_FILE left null instead. */
10914 if (strcmp (file_name
, "<internal>") == 0
10915 || strcmp (file_name
, "<built-in>") == 0)
10918 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
10919 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
10920 if (file_table
.last_lookup_index
!= 0)
10921 if (strcmp (file_name
, file_table
.table
[file_table
.last_lookup_index
]) == 0)
10922 return file_table
.last_lookup_index
;
10924 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
10925 for (i
= 1; i
< file_table
.in_use
; ++i
)
10926 if (strcmp (file_name
, file_table
.table
[i
]) == 0)
10928 file_table
.last_lookup_index
= i
;
10932 /* Prepare to add a new table entry by making sure there is enough space in
10933 the table to do so. If not, expand the current table. */
10934 if (i
== file_table
.allocated
)
10936 file_table
.allocated
= i
+ FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
10937 file_table
.table
= (char **)
10938 xrealloc (file_table
.table
, file_table
.allocated
* sizeof (char *));
10941 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
10942 file_table
.table
[i
] = xstrdup (file_name
);
10943 file_table
.in_use
= i
+ 1;
10944 file_table
.last_lookup_index
= i
;
10946 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
10947 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u \"%s\"\n", i
, file_name
);
10955 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
10956 file_table
.table
= (char **) xcalloc (FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT
, sizeof (char *));
10957 file_table
.allocated
= FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
10959 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
10960 file_table
.in_use
= 1;
10961 file_table
.last_lookup_index
= 0;
10964 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
10965 and record information relating to this source line, in
10966 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
10969 dwarf2out_line (filename
, line
)
10970 register const char *filename
;
10971 register unsigned line
;
10973 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
10975 function_section (current_function_decl
);
10977 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
10979 unsigned file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
10981 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
10982 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
10984 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
10985 ++line_info_table_in_use
;
10987 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
10988 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
10989 ++separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
10991 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
10993 register dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
10994 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
10995 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
10996 if (flag_debug_asm
)
10997 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
11000 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
11001 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
11002 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
11004 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11005 separate_line_info_table
11006 = (dw_separate_line_info_ref
)
11007 xrealloc (separate_line_info_table
,
11008 separate_line_info_table_allocated
11009 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
11012 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
11014 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
11015 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
11016 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
11017 line_info
->function
= current_funcdef_number
;
11021 register dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
11023 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
11024 line_info_table_in_use
);
11025 if (flag_debug_asm
)
11026 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
11029 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
11030 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
11032 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11034 = (dw_line_info_ref
)
11035 xrealloc (line_info_table
,
11036 (line_info_table_allocated
11037 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
11040 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
11041 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
11042 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
11043 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
11048 /* Record the beginning of a new source file, for later output
11049 of the .debug_macinfo section. At present, unimplemented. */
11052 dwarf2out_start_source_file (filename
)
11053 register const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11055 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
11057 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
11058 dw_die_ref bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
);
11059 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
11063 /* Record the end of a source file, for later output
11064 of the .debug_macinfo section. At present, unimplemented. */
11067 dwarf2out_end_source_file ()
11069 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
11071 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
11072 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
);
11076 /* Called from check_newline in c-parse.y. The `buffer' parameter contains
11077 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
11078 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
11081 dwarf2out_define (lineno
, buffer
)
11082 register unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11083 register const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11085 static int initialized
= 0;
11088 dwarf2out_start_source_file (primary_filename
);
11093 /* Called from check_newline in c-parse.y. The `buffer' parameter contains
11094 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
11095 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
11098 dwarf2out_undef (lineno
, buffer
)
11099 register unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11100 register const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
11104 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
11107 dwarf2out_init (asm_out_file
, main_input_filename
)
11108 register FILE *asm_out_file
;
11109 register const char *main_input_filename
;
11111 init_file_table ();
11113 /* Remember the name of the primary input file. */
11114 primary_filename
= main_input_filename
;
11116 /* Add it to the file table first, under the assumption that we'll
11117 be emitting line number data for it first, which avoids having
11118 to add an initial DW_LNS_set_file. */
11119 lookup_filename (main_input_filename
);
11121 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
11123 = (dw_die_ref
*) xcalloc (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
, sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
11124 decl_die_table_allocated
= DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11125 decl_die_table_in_use
= 0;
11127 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
11129 = (tree
*) xcalloc (DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT
, sizeof (tree
));
11130 decl_scope_table_allocated
= DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11131 decl_scope_depth
= 0;
11133 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
11135 = (dw_die_ref
*) xcalloc (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
,
11136 sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
11137 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11138 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
11139 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
11141 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
11143 = (dw_line_info_ref
) xcalloc (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
,
11144 sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
11145 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11146 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
11147 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
11149 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
11150 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
11151 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
11152 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
11153 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. */
11154 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (main_input_filename
);
11156 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray
, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
11157 ggc_add_rtx_varray_root (&used_rtx_varray
, 1);
11159 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
11160 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
, ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
11161 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
11162 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
11164 strcpy (text_section_label
, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION
));
11165 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
11166 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
11167 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
11168 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
11170 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file
, ABBREV_SECTION
);
11171 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
11172 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
11174 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file
, TEXT_SECTION
);
11175 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
11177 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file
, DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
);
11178 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
11179 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file
, DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
);
11180 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
11183 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
11184 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
11187 dwarf2out_finish ()
11189 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
11192 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
11193 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
11194 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
11195 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
11197 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
11199 next_node
= node
->next
;
11202 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11204 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
11206 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
11207 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
11214 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
11216 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11217 emit full debugging info for them. */
11218 retry_incomplete_types ();
11220 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
11221 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
11222 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die
);
11224 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
11225 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
11226 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
11227 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
11229 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
11230 that have children. */
11231 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
11232 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
11233 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
11235 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
11236 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file
, TEXT_SECTION
);
11237 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
11240 /* Output a terminator label for the .data section. */
11241 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file
, DATA_SECTION
);
11242 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file
, DATA_END_LABEL
, 0);
11244 /* Output a terminator label for the .bss section. */
11245 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file
, BSS_SECTION
);
11246 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BSS_END_LABEL
, 0);
11249 /* Output the source line correspondence table. */
11250 if (line_info_table_in_use
> 1 || separate_line_info_table_in_use
)
11252 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
11254 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file
, DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
);
11255 output_line_info ();
11258 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code
11260 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
11262 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
11263 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
11266 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
11267 debug_line_section_label
);
11270 #if 0 /* unimplemented */
11271 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
&& primary
)
11272 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, 0);
11275 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
11276 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
11277 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
11278 output_comp_unit (node
->die
);
11279 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
);
11281 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
11282 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file
, ABBREV_SECTION
);
11283 output_abbrev_section ();
11285 if (pubname_table_in_use
)
11287 /* Output public names table. */
11288 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file
, PUBNAMES_SECTION
);
11289 output_pubnames ();
11292 /* We only put functions in the arange table, so don't write it out if
11293 we don't have any. */
11294 if (fde_table_in_use
)
11296 /* Output the address range information. */
11297 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file
, ARANGES_SECTION
);
11301 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */